DATALOGIC

Gryphon GM4130 - Barcode Reader DATALOGIC - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free Gryphon GM4130 DATALOGIC in PDF.

📄 364 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question
Notice DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - page 11
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

User questions about Gryphon GM4130 DATALOGIC

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Barcode Reader in PDF format for free! Find your manual Gryphon GM4130 - DATALOGIC and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. Gryphon GM4130 by DATALOGIC.

USER MANUAL Gryphon GM4130 DATALOGIC

General Purpose Handheld Linear Imager or Laser Barcode Readers

Gryphon I GD4100/GM4100 Gryphon BT4100/ L GD4300

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 1

natural_image Two Galaxia brand medical scanner devices with blue-lit ports, shown from different angles (no text or symbols visible on device body)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 2

natural_image Black Grypton barcode scanner with digital display and base mount (no visible text or symbols on device body)

Product Reference Guide

Datalogic Scanning, Inc.

959 Terry Street

Eugene, Oregon 97402

USA

Telephone: (541) 683-5700

Fax: (541) 345-7140

An Unpublished Work - All rights reserved. No part of the contents of this documentation or the procedures described therein may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written permission of Datalogic Scanning, Inc. or its subsidiaries or affiliates ("Datalogic" or "Datalogic Scanning"). Owners of Datalogic products are hereby granted a non-exclusive, revocable license to reproduce and transmit this documentation for the purchaser's own internal business purposes. Purchaser shall not remove or alter any proprietary notices, including copyright notices, contained in this documentation and shall ensure that all notices appear on any reproductions of the documentation.

Should future revisions of this manual be published, you can acquire printed versions by contacting your Datalogic representative. Electronic versions may either be downloadable from the Datalogic website (www.scanning.data-logic.com) or provided on appropriate media. If you visit our website and would like to make comments or suggestions about this or other Datalogic publications, please let us know via the "Contact Datalogic" page.

Disclaimer

Datalogic has taken reasonable measures to provide information in this manual that is complete and accurate, however, Datalogic reserves the right to change any specification at any time without prior notice.

Datalogic and the Datalogic logo are registered trademarks of Datalogic S.p.A. in many countries, including the U.S.A and the E.U. All other brand and product names referred to herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Microsoft Windows ^® , Windows ^® XP and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

Patents

This product is covered by one or more of the following patents:

US Pat.: 6,512,218 B1; 6,808,114 B1; 6,877,664 B1; 6,997,385 B2; 7,053,954 B1; 7,102,116 B2; 7,282,688 B2; 7,387,246 B2.

European Pat.: 996,284 B1; 999,514 B1; 1,128,315 B1; 1,396,811 B1.

Additional patents pending.

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION 9

About this Manual 9

Overview 9

Manual Conventions 10

References 10

Technical Support 10

Datalogic Website Support 10

Reseller Technical Support 10

Telephone Technical Support 10

About the Reader 11

The BC40xx™ Radio Base 12

Base LEDs 12

Base Button 12

BC40XX UV Counterfeit Detection 13

Display 14

Battery Safety 15

Programming the Reader 16

Configuration Methods 16

SETUP 17

Unpacking 17

Setting Up the Reader 17

Installing the Interface Cable 18

Configuring the Base Station 20

Changing the Base Station Position 21

Connecting the Base Station 22

Linking the Reader to a Base Station 24

Linking a BT Reader to a PC 25

GRYPHON™ I System and Network Layouts 26

Stand Alone Layouts 26

Interface Selection 28

Setting the Interface 28

Customizing Configuration Settings 32

Configure Interface Settings 32

Global Interface Features 32

Configuring Other Features 32

Software Version Transmission 32

Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults 33

Replacing the Battery 34

CONFIGURATION USING BARCODES 37

Configuration Parameters 37

Reading Configuration Barcodes 38

GLOBAL INTERFACE FEATURES 39

Host Commands — Obey/Ignore 39

USB Suspend Mode 39

RS-232 ONLY Interface 41

Baud Rate 42

Data Bits 43

Stop Bits 43

Parity 44

Handshaking Control 45

RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces....46

Intercharacter Delay 47

Beep On ASCII BEL 47

Beep On Not on File 48

ACK NAK Options 49

Contents

ACK Character 50

NAK Character 50

ACK NAK Timeout Value ....51

ACK NAK Retry Count 51

ACK NAK Error Handling 52

Indicate Transmission Failure 52

Disable Character 53

Enable Character 53

Keyboard Interface....55

Country Mode 56

Caps Lock State 59

Numlock 59

Send Control Characters 60

Wedge Quiet Interval 61

Intercharacter Delay 62

Intercode Delay 63

USB Keyboard Speed 64

USB-OEM Interface 67

USB-OEM Device Usage 68

Interface Options 68

IBM 46XX Interface 69

46xx Number of Host Resets 70

Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format 72

Interface Options 72

Wand Emulation Interface 73

Wand Signal Speed 74

Wand Polarity 74

Wand Idle State 75

Transmit Noise 75

Label Symbology Conversion 76

Data Format 77

Global Prefix/Suffix 78

Global AIM ID 79

GS1-128 AIM ID 80

Label ID 81

Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets 81

Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology 81

Label ID Control 82

Label ID Symbology Selection 83

Set Global Mid Label ID Characters 89

Case Conversion 90

Character Conversion 90

Reading Parameters 91

Double Read Timeout 92

Label Gone Timeout 93

Sleep Mode Timeout 94

LED AND BEEPER INDICATORS 96

Power On Alert 96

Good Read: When to Indicate 96

Good Read Beep Type 97

Good Read Beep Frequency 97

Good Read Beep Length 98

Good Read Beep Volume 99

Good Read LED Duration 100

SCANNING FEATURES 101

Scan Mode 101

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout 102

Stand Detection 103

Stand Mode Sensitivity 104

Scanning Active Time 104

Flash On Time 105

Flash Off Time 105

Green Spot Duration 106

Code Selection 107

DISABLE ALL SYMBOLOGIES 108

CODE EAN/UPC 109

Coupon Control 109

UPC-A 110

UPC-A Enable/Disable 110

UPC-A Check Character Transmission 110

Expand UPC-A to EAN-13 111

UPC-A Number System Character Transmission 111

UPC-A Minimum Reads 112

UPC-E 113

UPC-E Enable/Disable 113

UPC-E Check Character Transmission 113

Expand UPC-E to EAN-13 114

Expand UPC-E to UPC-A 114

UPC-E Number System Character Transmission 115

UPC-E Minimum Reads 115

GTIN FORMATTING 116

EAN 13 (JAN 13) 117

EAN 13 Enable/Disable 117

EAN 13 Check Character Transmission 117

EAN-13 Flag 1 Character 118

EAN-13 ISBN Conversion 118

EAN 13 Minimum Reads 119

ISSN 120

ISSN Enable/Disable 120

EAN 8 (JAN 8) 121

EAN 8 Enable/Disable 121

EAN 8 Check Character Transmission 121

Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 122

EAN 8 Minimum Reads 122

UPC/EAN GLOBAL SETTINGS 123

UPC/EAN Decoding Level 123

UPC/EAN Correlation 124

UPC/EAN Price Weight Check 124

In-Store Minimum Reads 125

ADD-ONS 126

Optional Add-ons 126

Optional Add-On Timer 127

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer 130

P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads 133

P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads 134

GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads 135

CODE 39 136

Code 39 Enable/Disable 136

Code 39 Check Character Calculation 136

Code 39 Check Character Transmission 137

Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission 138

Code 39 Full ASCII 138

Code 39 Quiet Zones 139

Code 39 Minimum Reads 140

Code 39 Decoding Level 141

Code 39 Length Control 142

Code 39 Set Length 1 143

Code 39 Set Length 2 144

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio 145

Code 39 Character Correlation 147

Code 39 Stitching 147

CODE 32 (ITAL PHARMACEUTICAL CODE) 148

Code 32 Enable/Disable 148

Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions 148

Code 32 Check Char Transmission 149

Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission 149

CODE 39 CIP (FRENCH PHARMACEUTICAL) 150

Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable 150

CODE 128 151

Code 128 Enable/Disable 151

Expand Code 128 to Code 39 151

Code 128 Check Character Transmission 152

Code 128 Function Character Transmission 152

Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission 153

Code 128 Quiet Zones 154

Code 128 Minimum Reads 155

Code 128 Decoding Level 156

Code 128 Length Control 157

Code 128 Set Length 1 158

Code 128 Set Length 2 159

Code 128 Character Correlation 160

Code 128 Stitching 160

GS1-128 161

GS1-128 Enable 161

CODE ISBT 128 162

ISBT 128 Concatenation 162

ISBT 128 Force Concatenation 162

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode 163

ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout 164

ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation Options 164

CODABLOCK F 165

Codablock F Enable/Disable 165

Codablock F EAN Enable/Disable 165

Codablock F AIM Check 166

Codablock F Length Control 166

Codablock F Set Length 1 167

Codablock F Set Length 2 168

INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 (I 2 OF 5) 169

12 of 5 Enable/Disable 169

I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation ....169

I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission ....170

12 of 5 Minimum Reads .... 171

2 of 5 Decoding Level 172

12 of 5 Length Control 173

12 of 5 Set Length 1 174

12 of 5 Set Length 2 175

12 of 5 Character Correlation 176

12 of 5 Stitching 176

FOLLETT 2 OF 5 177

Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 177

INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 CIP HR 177

Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable 177

STANDARD 2 OF 5 178

Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 178

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation 178

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission 179

Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads 179

Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level 180

Standard 2 of 5 Length Control 180

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 181

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 182

Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation 183

Standard 2 of 5 Stitching 183

INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 184

Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 184

Contents

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation .... 184

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission 185

Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control 185

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 186

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 187

Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads 188

Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching 188

Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation 189

CODE IATA 190

IATA Enable/Disable 190

IATA Check Character Transmission 190

DATALOGIC 2 OF 5 ....191

Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 191

Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation .... 191

Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads 192

Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level 192

Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control 193

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 194

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 195

Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation .... 196

Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching 196

CODABAR 197

Codabar Enable/Disable 197

Codabar Check Character Calculation 197

Codabar Check Character Transmission 198

Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission 198

Codabar Start/Stop Character Set 199

Codabar Start/Stop Character Match 199

Codabar Quiet Zones 200

Codabar Minimum Reads 201

Codabar Decoding Level 202

Codabar Length Control 203

Codabar Set Length 1 204

Codabar Set Length 2 205

Codabar Interdigit Ratio 206

Codabar Character Correlation 208

Codabar Stitching 208

ABC CODABAR 209

ABC Codabar Enable/Disable 209

ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode 209

ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout 210

ABC Codabar Force Concatenation 211

CODE 11 212

Code 11 Enable/Disable 212

Code 11 Check Character Calculation 212

Code 11 Check Character Transmission 213

Code 11 Minimum Reads 213

Code 11 Length Control 214

Code 11 Set Length 1 215

Code 11 Set Length 2 216

Code 11 Interdigit Ratio 217

Code 11 Decoding Level 219

Code 11 Character Correlation 220

Code 11 Stitching 220

GS1 DATABAR™ OMNIDIRECTIONAL 221

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Enable/Disable 221

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation 221

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads 222

GS1 DATABAR™ EXPANDED 223

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Enable/Disable 223

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation 223

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads 224

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control 224
GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 1 225
GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 2 226

GS1 DATABAR™ LIMITED 227

GS1 DataBar™ Limited Enable/Disable 227
GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation 227
GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads 228

CODE 93 229

Code 93 Enable/Disable 229
Code 93 Check Character Calculation 229
Code 93 Check Character Transmission 230
Code 93 Length Control 230
Code 93 Set Length 1 231
Code 93 Set Length 2 232
Code 93 Minimum Reads 233
Code 93 Decoding Level 234
Code 93 Quiet Zones 235
Code 93 Stitching 236
Code 93 Character Correlation 236

MSI 237

MSI Enable/Disable 237
MSI Check Character Calculation 237
MSI Check Character Transmission 238
MSI Length Control 238
MSI Set Length 1 239
MSI Set Length 2 240
MSI Minimum Reads 241
MSI Decoding Level 242
MSI Stitching 243
MSI Character Correlation 243

PLESSEY 244

Plessey Enable/Disable 244
Plessey Check Character Calculation 245
Plessey Check Character Transmission 245
Plessey Length Control 246
Plessey Set Length 1 247
Plessey Set Length 2 248
Plessey Minimum Reads 249
Plessey Decoding Level 250
Plessey Stitching 251
Plessey Character Correlation 251

CODE 4 252

Code 4 Enable/Disable 252
Code 4 Check Character Transmission 252
Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion 253

CODE 5 253

Code 5 Enable/Disable 253
Code 5 Check Character Transmission 254
Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion 254

CODE 4 AND CODE 5 COMMON CONFIGURATION ITEMS ......255

Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level 255
Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads 256

WIRELESS FEATURES 257

WIRELESS BEEPER FEATURES 258

Good Transmission Beep 258
Beep Frequency 258
Beep Duration 259
Beep Volume 260
Disconnect Beep 260
Base Station Beep 261
Leash Alarm 261

CONFIGURATION UPDATES 263

Automatic Configuration Update 263

Copy Configuration to Scanner 263

Copy Configuration to Base Station 264

Automatic Flash Update 264

Request Flash Update 265

Powerdown Timeout 265

BATCH FEATURES 267

Batch Mode 267

Send Batch 267

Erase Batch Memory 268

RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay 268

RF ADDRESS STAMPING 269

Source Radio Address Transmission 269

Source Radio Address Delimiter Character 269

Features for Star Models Only 270

STAR Radio Protocol Timeout 270

STAR Radio Transmit Mode 270

DISPLAY FEATURES 272

Contrast 272

Font Size 272

Backlight 273

Display Mode 273

Display Timeout 274

Keypad Select 276

Bluetooth-Only Features....277

BT SECURITY FEATURES 277

BT Security Mode 277

BT Pin Code 278

OTHER BT FEATURES 279

BT Poll Rate 279

LASER FEATURES 281

Laser Scan Angle 282

Laser Idle Mode 282

Bi-Directional Read Decoding 283

Always On Scan Mode Timeout 284

REFERENCES.... 285

RS-232 Parameters 285

RS-232 Only 285

RS-232/USB COM Parameters 286

Keyboard Interface 293

Wedge Quiet Interval 293

Intercharacter Delay 294

Intercode Delay 295

Symbologies 296

Decoding Level 296

Set Length 296

Data Editing 298

Global Prefix/Suffix 299

Global AIM ID 300

Label ID 301

Character Conversion 305

Reading Parameters 306

Label Gone Timeout 306

Good Read LED Duration 307

Scanning Features 308

Scan Mode 308

Scanning Active Time 309

Flash On Time 310

Flash Off Time 311

Contents

Display Settings 312

Display Mode 312

RF Features 312

Configuration Update 312

RF Address Stamping 312

BT-Only Features 315

MESSAGE FORMATTING.... 317

Message Formatting 317

Cursor Control 318

Font Selection 318

Clearing Display 319

LED and Beeper Control 319

Messages from Scanner Command Keys 320

Technical Specifications 321

Standard Cable Pinouts 324

LED and Beeper Indications ....325

Error Codes 326

Base Station Indications 327

Standard Defaults 329

Sample Barcodes 341

Keypad 345

Scancode Tables 349

Control Character Emulation ....349

Single Press and Release Keys 349

Interface Type PC AT PS/2, USB-Keyboard or USB-Keyboard for APPLE 350

Interface type PC AT PS/2 Alt Mode or USB-Keyboard Alt Mode 352

Digital Interface 354

IBM31xx 102-key 355

IBM XT 356

Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 ....357

Index 359

Chapter 1 Introduction

About this Manual

This Product Reference Guide (PRG) is provided for users seeking advanced technical information, including connection, programming, maintenance and specifications. The Quick Reference Guide (QRG) and other publications associated with this product are downloadable free of charge from the website listed on the back cover of this manual.

Overview

Chapter 1, (this chapter) presents information about manual conventions, and an overview of the reader, its features and operation.

Chapter 2, Setup presents information about unpacking, cable connection information and setting up the reader.

Chapter 3, Configuration Using Barcodes provides instructions and barcode labels for customizing your reader. There are different sections for interface types, general features, data formatting, symbology-specific and model-specific features.

Chapter 4, Wireless Features describes options and programming related to radio communication features for the RF variants of the Gryphon family.

Chapter 5, Laser Features describes options and programming specific to laser models.

Chapter 6, References provides background information and detailed instructions for more complex programming items.

Chapter 7, Message Formatting provides details for programming options.

Appendix A, Technical Specifications lists physical and performance characteristics, as well as environmental and regulatory specifications. It also provides standard cable pin-outs and LED/Beeper functions.

Appendix B, Standard Defaults references common factory default settings for reader features and options.

Appendix C, Sample Barcodes offers sample barcodes of several common symbologies.

Appendix D, Keypad includes numeric barcodes to be scanned for certain parameter settings.

Appendix E, Scancode Tables lists control character emulation information for Wedge and USB Keyboard interfaces.

Manual Conventions

The following conventions are used in this document:

The symbols listed below are used in this manual to notify the reader of key issues or procedures that must be observed when using the reader:

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Manual Conventions - 1

Notes contain information necessary for properly diagnosing, repairing and operating the reader.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Manual Conventions - 2

The CAUTION symbol advises you of actions that could damage equipment or property.

CAUTION

References

Current versions of this Product Reference Guide (PRG), Quick Reference Guide (QRG), the Datalogic Aladdin™ Configuration application, and any other manuals, instruction sheets and utilities for this product can be downloaded from the website listed below. Alternatively, printed copies or product support CDs for most products can be purchased through your Datalogic reseller.

Technical Support

Datalogic Website Support

The Datalogic website (www.scanning.datalogic.com) is the complete source for technical support and information for Datalogic products. The site offers product support, product registration, warranty information, product manuals, product tech notes, software updates, demos, and instructions for returning products for repair.

Reseller Technical Support

An excellent source for technical assistance and information is an authorized Datalogic reseller. A reseller is acquainted with specific types of businesses, application software, and computer systems and can provide individualized assistance.

Telephone Technical Support

If you do not have internet or email access, you may contact Datalogic technical support at (541) 349-8283 or check the back cover of your manual for more contact information.

About the Reader

Typically, units are factory-programmed for the most common terminal and communications settings. If you need to modify any programmable settings, custom configuration can be accomplished by scanning the programming barcodes within this guide.

Several models of the Gryphon are available, and are covered in this manual:

  • Gryphon I GD4100 - Corded linear imager bar code reader
  • Gryphon I GM4100 - Cordless linear imager barcode reader with Datalogic STAR™.
    • Gryphon L GD4300 - Model with Laser scan engine.
    • Gryphon I BT 4100 - Model with Bluetooth options.

Programming can alternatively be performed using the Datalogic Aladdin™ Configuration application which is downloadable from the Datalogic website listed on the back cover of this manual. This multi-platform utility program allows device configuration using a PC. It communicates to the device using a serial or USB cable and can also create configuration barcodes to print.

Advancements in the LED technology used in the imager-based readers significantly improve the illumination of the target field of view, resulting in higher scan efficiency. Whether used in Single Trigger or Continuous Mode, the ergonomic design of the reader will help to promote comfortable handling during extended periods of use.

See "Interface Selection" on page 28 for a listing and descriptions of available interface sets by model type.

The BC40xx™ Radio Base

Base LEDs

LEDs on the Gryphon I Base provide information about the Base's status, as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Gryphon I Base LEDs
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Base LEDs - 1

text_image YELLOW LED RED LED / GREEN LED BUTTON

The following table describes the significance of each LED:

LED STATUS
Power on / DataYellow On = Base is poweredYellow Blinking = Base receives data and commands from the Host or the Reader.
Charging Red On = Battery charging is in progress.
Charge completed Green On = the Battery is completely charged.
Charging + Charge completedRed and Green Blinking together = the Reader is not correctly placed onto the Base.

See Base Station Indications on page 327 for more specific details on the LEDs.

Base Button

The Base contains a button which is used primarily to perform a paging function. Pressing the button causes a sound signal to be emitted by all scanners linked with this Base, as long as the scanner is awake (see Powerdown Timeout on page 265) and reception is enabled (see Sleep Mode Timeout on page 94). The button can also be used to "force device connection" via the Datalogic Aladdin Software tool (available for free download from the Datalogic website). See the Aladdin Online Help for details.

Star Model

For the Star model, press and hold (longer than one second) to initiate paging.

BT Model

For the BT model, press quickly (less than one second) to initiate paging. Press and hold (longer than one second) to enable radio linking. This will make the base discoverable from a BT master.

BC40XX UV Counterfeit Detection

The BC40XX Radio Base is available with a UV Counterfeit Money Detector, typically used to verify the authenticity of bank notes. Other uses for counterfeit detection are passport, ticket, credit card, travelers' check and similar applications where it is possible to detect fluorescent marks with UV light.

The detector contains eight special UV LEDs, as shown below:

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BC40XX UV Counterfeit Detection - 1

text_image UV LEDs

The Counterfeit Detector is based on UV fluorescent emission. Real banknotes under ultraviolet rays usually absorb the UV light and will show special marks made with fluorescent inks. On the other hand, most counterfeit banknotes only reflect the UV lights, without showing fluorescent marks.

To use:

  1. Quickly press the Base button to light the UV LEDs.

  2. Hold the item to be verified under the LED lights to ensure that the special fluorescent marks are visible.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - To use: - 1

natural_image Close-up of a hand holding a black electronic device with a visible label and orange light (no readable text or symbols)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - To use: - 2

  1. The LEDs are set to switch off automatically after about 2 minutes. To keep the UV LEDs in always-on mode, quickly press the Base button a second time within 10 seconds of the first press. To switch them off, simply press the button again.

An external power supply is necessary for full functionality of the Base station with UV Counterfeit Detector. Use only the recommended AC adapter 12Vdc.

Display

The Gryphon GM4100 is available with an optional Display. The Display features 4 lines and 16 characters, and offers icons and three additional keys to allow a better interaction with a remote host.

Fonts, contrast, backlight and other parameters can be configured for the Display. See Display Features on page 272 and Message Formatting on page 317 for more information.

Figure 2. Gryphon™ I Display
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display - 1

text_image STAR-FIELD COVERAGE Yell BATTERY CHARGE STATUS

Battery Safety

To reinstall, charge and/or perform any other action on the battery, follow the instructions in this manual.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Battery Safety - 1

Before installing the Battery, read "Battery Safety" on this and the following pages. Datalogic recommends annual replacement of rechargeable battery packs to ensure maximum performance.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Battery Safety - 2

Do not discharge the battery using any device except for the scanner. When the battery is used in devices other than the designated product, it may damage the battery or reduce its life expectancy. If the device causes an abnormal current to flow, it may cause the battery to become hot, explode or ignite and cause serious injury.

Lithium-ion battery packs may get hot, explode or ignite and cause serious injury if exposed to abusive conditions. Be sure to follow the safety warnings listed below:

  • Do not place the battery pack in fire or heat.
  • Do not connect the positive terminal and negative terminal of the battery pack to each other with any metal object (such as wire).
  • Do not carry or store the battery pack together with metal objects.
  • Do not pierce the battery pack with nails, strike it with a hammer, step on it or otherwise subject it to strong impacts or shocks.
  • Do not solder directly onto the battery pack.
  • Do not expose the battery pack to liquids, or allow the battery to get wet.
  • Do not apply voltages to the battery pack contacts.

In the event the battery pack leaks and the fluid gets into your eye, do not rub the eye. Rinse well with water and immediately seek medical care. If left untreated, the battery fluid could cause damage to the eye.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Battery Safety - 3

Always charge the battery at 32^-104^ ( 0^-40^ ) temperature range.

Use only the authorized power supplies, battery pack, chargers, and docks supplied by your Datalogic reseller. The use of any other power supplies can damage the device and void your warranty.

Do not disassemble or modify the battery. The battery contains safety and protection devices, which, if damaged, may cause the battery to generate heat, explode or ignite.

Do not place the battery in or near fire, on stoves or other high temperature locations.

Do not place the battery in direct sunlight, or use or store the battery inside cars in hot weather. Doing so may cause the battery to generate heat, explode or ignite. Using the battery in this manner may also result in a loss of performance and a shortened life expectancy.

Do not place the battery in microwave ovens, high-pressure containers or on induction cookware.

Immediately discontinue use of the battery if, while using, charging or storing the battery, the battery emits an unusual smell, feels hot, changes color or shape, or appears abnormal in any other way.

Do not replace the battery pack when the device is turned on.

Do not remove or damage the battery pack's label.

Do not use the battery pack if it is damaged in any part.

Battery pack usage by children should be supervised.

As with other types of batteries, Lithium-Ion (LI) batteries will lose capacity over time. Capacity deterioration is noticeable after one year of service whether the battery is in use or not. It is difficult to precisely predict the finite life of a LI battery, but cell manufacturers rate them at 500 charge cycles. In other words, the batteries should be expected to take 500 full discharge / charge cycles before needing replacement. This number is higher if partial discharging / recharging is adhered to rather than full / deep discharging,

The typical manufacturer advertised useful life of LI batteries is one to three years, depending on usage and number of charges, etc., after which they should be removed from service, especially in mission critical applications. Do not continue to use a battery that is showing excessive loss of capacity, it should be properly recycled / disposed of and replaced. For most applications, batteries should be replaced after one year of service to maintain customer satisfaction and minimize safety concerns.

Collect and recycle waste batteries separately from the device in compliance with European Directive 2006/66/EC, 2002/95/EC, 2002/96/EC and subsequent modifications, US and China regulatory and others laws and regulations about the environment.

Programming the Reader

Configuration Methods

Programming Barcodes

The reader is factory-configured with a standard set of default features. After scanning the interface barcode, you can select other options and customize your reader through use of the instructions and programming barcode labels available in the corresponding features section for your interface. Customizable settings for many features are found in "Configuration Using Barcodes" starting on page 37.

Some programming labels, like "Restore Custom Defaults" on page 33, require only the scan of the single label to enact the change. Most, however, require the reader to be placed in Programming Mode prior to scanning them. Scan an ENTER/EXIT barcode once to enter Programming Mode. Once the reader is in Programming Mode, scan a number of parameter settings before scanning the ENTER/EXIT barcode a second time, which will then accept your changes, exit Programming Mode and return the reader to normal operation.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Programming Barcodes - 1

There are some exceptions to the typical programming sequence described above. Please read the description and setting instructions carefully when configuring each programmable feature.

Datalogic Aladdin™

Datalogic Aladdin ^™ is a multi-platform utility program providing a quick and user-friendly configuration method via the RS-232/USB-COM interface. Aladdin is available on the CD-ROM provided with your product, and also from the Datalogic website. Aladdin allows you to program the reader by selecting configuration commands through a user-friendly graphical interface running on a PC. These commands are sent to the reader over the selected communication interface, or they can be printed as barcodes to be scanned.

Aladdin also provides the ability to perform a software upgrade for the connected device (see the Datalogic Aladdin ^TM Help On-Line for more details).

Chapter 2 Setup

Unpacking

Check carefully to ensure the reader and any accessories ordered are present and undamaged. If any damage occurred during shipment, contact Datalogic Technical Support. Information is shown on page 10.

KEEP THE PACKAGING. Should the unit ever require service, it should be returned in its original shipping container.

Setting Up the Reader

Depending on whether you are using a Corded or Mobile version of the Gryphon, follow the steps provided in this section to connect and get your reader up and communicating with its host.

  1. Begin by Installing the Interface Cable (Corded) or Connecting the Base Station (Mobile)
  2. Go to Interface Selection and set the desired interface.
  3. Configure Interface Settings (only if not using factory settings for that interface)
  4. Go to Configuring Other Features (if modifications are needed from factory settings)

Installing the Interface Cable

For Corded versions, connect the reader cable by inserting the cable into the handle as shown in Figure 3. To remove it, insert a paper clip into the release aperture, then unplug the cable.

Figure 3. Connect/disconnect the cable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Installing the Interface Cable - 1

natural_image Technical illustration of a handheld device with two views showing internal components and directional arrows (no text or symbols)

RS-232 Serial Connection

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RS-232 Serial Connection - 1

Turn off power to the terminal/PC and connect the reader to the terminal/PC serial port via the RS-232 cable as shown in Figure 4. If the terminal will not support POT (Power Off the Terminal) to supply reader power, use the approved power supply (AC Adapter). Plug the AC Adapter barrel connector into the socket on the RS-232 cable connector and the AC Adapter plug into a standard power outlet.

Figure 4. RS-232 Connection
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RS-232 Serial Connection - 2

natural_image Diagram of a medical device connected to a wall-mounted cable, showing internal components and wiring (no text or labels)

Keyboard Wedge Connection

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keyboard Wedge Connection - 1

The Keyboard Wedge cable has a 'Y' connection from the reader. Connect the female to the male end from the keyboard and the remaining end at the keyboard port at the terminal/PC. Reference Figure 5.

Figure 5. Keyboard Wedge Interface connection
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keyboard Wedge Connection - 2

text_image Diagram showing connections between a computer, cable, and a handheld device with labeled ports and connectors

USB Connection

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Connection - 1

Connect the reader to a USB port on the terminal/PC using the correct USB cable for the interface type you ordered. Reference Figure 6.

Figure 6. USB connection
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Connection - 2

text_image Diagram showing a medical device connected to a computer via a medical device with a cable, indicating a medical device's connection to the computer.

Other connection types are described below and illustrated in Figure 7.

Figure 7. Other Interface Connections
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Connection - 3

text_image USB Keyboard Wedge or... +3M or...

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Connection - 4

Specific cables are required for connection to different hosts. The connectors illustrated above are examples only. Actual connectors may vary from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the reader remain the same.

RF Models

The power supply connects directly to the base (not on the cable's jack) for all configurations. For all interfaces (except RS-232) a power supply is recommended but not necessary, because the base can be powered from the Host. When the base is powered from the Host, select a slow charge rate.

Configuring the Base Station

The base charger/station may be configured in desk application to hold the reader in two different positions, either a horizontal or standing position, in order to provide the most comfortable use depending on needs.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Configuring the Base Station - 1

natural_image Black handheld digital scanner device with blue handle (no visible text or symbols)

Standing

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Configuring the Base Station - 2

natural_image Close-up of a black automotive headset with blue accent and control buttons (no text or symbols visible)

Horizontal

Changing the Base Station Position

The base station is configured by installing one of two sets of mechanical parts that come with the cordless kit. The default mounts (shown below) provide three options: vertical (wall) mounting, standing (45°), or horizontal mounting with a higher mechanical retention of the scanner. Use the other mounts only for horizontal mounting, with lower retention of the scanner. The different parts may be interchanged to customize retention preferences.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Changing the Base Station Position - 1

A tool such as a rigid pen or a flat screwdriver can be used to change the mounts. Do not allow it to touch the contacts.

  1. Insert the appropriate parts for the desired base station position, as shown below.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Changing the Base Station Position - 2

text_image Standing, Horizontal or Vertical Horizontal Only
  1. Using your thumbs, push open the plastic tabs on the bottom of the base to free the wing holders.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Changing the Base Station Position - 3

text_image Tab Tab
  1. The stand can now be repositioned in either horizontal or standing position.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Changing the Base Station Position - 4

text_image Horizontal Standing

Connecting the Base Station

Figure 8 shows how to connect the Base Station to a terminal, PC or other host device. Turn off the host before connection and consult the manual for that equipment (if necessary) before proceeding. Connect the interface cable before applying power to the Base Station.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Connecting the Base Station - 1

Gryphon Mobile can also be Powered by the Terminal. The external power supply is recommended but not necessary. When powered by the Terminal, the battery charger is automatically set as Slow charge.

Base Station Connection and Routing: Fully insert the Power Cable and Interface (I/F) Cable connectors into their respective ports in the underside of the Base Station (see Figure 8). Then connect to an AC Adapter, and plug the AC power cord into the (wall) outlet.

Figure 8. Connecting the Base Station
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Connecting the Base Station - 2

text_image I/F Cable AC/DC Adapter Wall plug Connector DC Power Cord Base Station

Securing the DC Power Cord (Optional)

The DC power cord for the adapter can be secured to the bottom of the base in order to maximize the mechanical retention of the cable itself. The routing of the power cord can be changed to accommodate the base station positioning: horizontal, stand or wall mounting. The cables can be looped around to the front of the Base Station, or fed directly out the back of the Base Station, as shown in Figure 9 on page 23.

Figure 9. Options for routing the DC cord
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Securing the DC Power Cord (Optional) - 1

natural_image Two views of a device showing internal components with black wires and red arrows indicating connection (no text or symbols)

Please refer to the arrows depicted on the bottom of the base when placing the cables, detailed in Figure 10.

Figure 10. Arrows showing routing
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Securing the DC Power Cord (Optional) - 2

natural_image Exterior view of a gray plastic enclosure with internal compartments and red directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

Host Connection: Verify before connection that the reader's cable type is compatible with your host equipment. Most connections plug directly into the host device as shown below. Keyboard Wedge interface cables have a 'Y' connection where its female end mates with the male end of the cable from the keyboard and the remaining end at the keyboard port on the terminal/PC.

Figure 11. Connecting to the Host
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Securing the DC Power Cord (Optional) - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Base Station"] -->|USB| B["Device"]
    A -->|USB/Wand| C["Device"]
    A -->|USB/IBM| D["Device"]
    B --> E["Device"]
    C --> F["Device"]
    D --> G["Device"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

Power Connection: Plug the AC Adapter in to an approved AC wall socket with the cable facing downwards (as shown in Figure 8) to prevent undue strain on the socket.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Securing the DC Power Cord (Optional) - 4

Gryphon Mobile can also be Powered by the Terminal. The external power supply is recommended but not necessary. When powered by the Terminal, the battery charger is automatically set as Slow charge.

Disconnecting the Cable: To detach the cable, insert a paper clip or similar object into the hole on the base, as shown in Figure 12.

Figure 12. Disconnecting the Cable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Securing the DC Power Cord (Optional) - 5

text_image Insert Paper Clip

Linking the Reader to a Base Station

RF Devices

For RF devices, before configuring the interface it is necessary to link the handheld with the base. To link the handheld and the base, press the trigger to wake it and place it on the base. If the reader was previously linked to another base, you must first scan the Unlink action command before re-linking to the new base.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Devices - 1

text_image Unlink

BT Models only

Remember: The mandatory condition for establishing a new linking between a BT handheld and a BT base is that the handheld is unlinked and they share the same security configuration. A successful link is indicated by three ascending tones from the reader. A high-low-high-low tone indicates the link attempt was unsuccessful. A single green LED flash after this tone indicates no Base Station was discovered. Two green LED flashes after this tone indicates that more than one Base Station was discovered and the reader did not link. Three LED flashes after this tone indicate a security error.

Linking a BT Reader to a PC

The reader can optionally be linked to a Bluetooth-enabled PC with the serial port profile, in either server mode or client mode.

Linking to a PC in Server Mode (BT Slave Mode)

To link a BT reader in server mode to a Bluetooth-enabled PC, follow these steps:

  1. Install any drivers provided with the Bluetooth adapter.
  2. Scan the Link to a PC in Server Mode barcode to make the scanner visible to the host computer..

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Linking to a PC in Server Mode (BT Slave Mode) - 1
Link to a PC in Server Mode

  1. Use the host computer's Bluetooth manager to "Discover new devices" and select "Data-logic Scanner." If you receive an error message, it may be necessary to disable security on the device.
  2. Select "connect" on the PC to link the reader to the PC. Use an RS-232 terminal program to see incoming data on the port designated by the computer's Bluetooth manager.

Linking to a PC in Client Mode (BT Master Mode)

The reader can optionally be linked in client mode to a Bluetooth-enabled PC with the serial port profile. To do this, follow these steps:

  1. Ensure the PC or terminal can network with B bluetooth devices and that it is powered on.
  2. Ensure that a COM port is assigned under Services within the bluetooth setup menu.
  3. Create a Link label that contains the address of the PC bluetooth adapter.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Linking to a PC in Client Mode (BT Master Mode) - 1
NOTE

The bluetooth address can be found under "Properties" within in the bluetooth setup menu.

The link label is a Code 128 function 3 label with the following format: LnkB<12 character bluetooth address>

  1. Scan the link label you created in step 3.

GRYPHON™ I System and Network Layouts

Stand Alone Layouts

Figure 13. Single Reader Layout
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Alone Layouts - 1

text_image HOST GRYPHON™ I CRADLE

Figure 14. Multiple Reader Layout
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Alone Layouts - 2

text_image Gryphon M4100 only (not valid for BT model) HOST GRYPHON™ I CRADLE

In stand alone systems, each cradle is connected to a single Host.

Figure 15. Multiple Stand Alone Layouts
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Alone Layouts - 3

flowchart
graph TD
    A["HOST"] --> B["GRYPHON™ I"]
    B --> C["CRADLE"]
    C --> D["HOST"]
    E["HOST"] --> F["GRYPHON™ I"]
    F --> G["CRADLE"]
    G --> H["HOST"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    note right of F: "Gryphon M4100 only (not valid for BT model)"

Many stand alone connections can operate in the same physical area without interference, provided all readers and cradles in the system have different addresses.

Interface Selection

Upon completing the physical connection between the reader and its host, proceed to Table 1 starting on page 29 to select the interface type the reader is connected to (for example: RS-232, Keyboard Wedge, USB, etc.). Scan the appropriate barcode in that section to configure your system's correct interface type.

Each reader model will support one of the following sets of host interfaces:

General Purpose Models Retail Point of Sale Models

• R S - 2 3 2

• R S - 2 3 2

- RS-232 OPOS

- RS-232 OPOS

- USB

USB

- Keyboard Wedge

- IBM 46XX

- Wand Emulation

Setting the Interface

Scan the programming barcode from this section which selects the appropriate interface type matching the system the reader will be connected to. Next, proceed to the corresponding section in this manual (also listed in Table 1 starting on page 29) to configure any desired settings and features associated with that interface.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 1

Unlike some programming features and options, interface selections require that you scan only one programming barcode label. DO NOT scan an ENTER/EXIT barcode prior to scanning an interface selection barcode.

Some interfaces require the scanner to start in the disabled state when powered up. If additional scanner configuration is desired while in this state, pull the trigger and hold it for five seconds. The scanner will change to a state that allows programming with barcodes.

Table 1. Available Interfaces

RS-232 FEATURES
RS-232 standard interfaceDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 2Select RS232-STDSet RS-232 Interface Features starting on page 41
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 3Select RS232-WNRS-232 Wincor-Nixdorf
RS-232 for use with OPOS/UPOS/JavaPOSDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 4Select RS-232 OPOS
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 5Select USB-COM-STDaUSB Com to simulate RS-232 standard interface
IBMFEATURES
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 6Select IBM-P5BIBM-46xx Port 5B reader interfaceSet IBM Interface Features starting on page 69
IBM-46xx Port 9B reader interfaceDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 7Select IBM-P9B
USB-OEM FEATURES
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 8Select USB-OEMUSB-OEM(can be used for OPOS/UPOS/JavaPOS)Set USB-OEM Interface Features starting on page 67

a. Download the correct USB Com driver from www.datalogic.com

KEYBOARD FEATURES
AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 w/Standard Key EncodingDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 9Select KBD-ATSet KEYBOARD WEDGE Interface Features starting on page 55
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 10Select KBD-AT-NKKeyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 with standard key encoding but without external keyboard
AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 w/Alternate KeyDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 11Select KBD-AT-ALT
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 12Select KBD-AT-ALT-NKKeyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 with alternate key encoding but without external keyboard
PC/XT w/Standard Key EncodingDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 13Select KBD-XT
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 14Select KBD-IBM-3153Keyboard Wedge for IBM Terminal 3153
KEYBOARD — cont. FEATURES
Keyboard Wedge for IBM Terminals31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx make only keyboardDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 15Select KBD-IBM-MSet KEYBOARDWEDGEInterfaceFeaturesstarting on page55
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 16Select KBD-IBM-MBKeyboard Wedge for IBM Terminals31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx make break keyboard
Keyboard Wedge for DIGITAL Terminals VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xxDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 17Select KBD-DIG-VI
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 18Select USB KeyboardUSB Keyboard with standard key encoding
USB Keyboard with alternate key encodingDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 19Select USB Alternate Keyboard
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 20Select USB-KBD-APPLEUSB Keyboard for Apple computers
WAND EMULATION FEATURES
Wand EmulationDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Setting the Interface - 21Select WANDSet WANDInterfaceFeaturesstarting on page73

Customizing Configuration Settings

Configure Interface Settings

If after scanning the interface barcode from the previous table, your installation requires you to select options to further customize your reader, turn to the appropriate section for your interface type in "Configuration Using Barcodes" starting on page 37.

  • "RS-232 ONLY Interface" on page 41
    • "RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces" on page 46
  • "Keyboard Interface" on page 55
  • "USB-OEM Interface" on page 67
  • "IBM 46XX Interface" on page 69
    • "Wand Emulation Interface" on page 73

Global Interface Features

See "Global Interface Features" on page 39 for settings configurable by all interface types.

Configuring Other Features

If your installation requires different programming than the standard factory default settings, the following sections of this manual allow configuration of non-interface-specific settings you might require:

Reading Parameters: Reading Parameters include programming for scanning, beeper and LED indicators and other universal settings.

Code Selection: Includes options concerning the barcode label types (symbologies). These settings allow you to enable/disable symbologies, set label lengths, require check digit, etc.

Wireless Features: Contains programming options for RF and Bluetooth models only.

Laser Features: Describes options and programming specific to laser models.

Software Version Transmission

The software version of the device can be transmitted over the RS-232 and Keyboard interfaces by scanning the following label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Software Version Transmission - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Transmit Software Version

Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults

If you aren't sure what programming options are in your imager, or you've changed some options and want to restore the Custom Default Configuration that may have been saved in the scanner, scan the Restore Custom Default Configuration barcode below. This will restore the custom configuration for the currently active interface.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults - 1

Custom defaults are based on the interface type. Configure the imager for the correct interface before scanning this label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults - 2

Restore Custom Default Configuration

Restore Factory Configuration

If you want to restore the Factory Configuration for your imager, scan either the Restore USA Factory Configuration barcode or the Restore EU Factory Configuration barcode below. Both labels restore the scanner configuration to the factory settings, including the interface type. The USA label restores Label IDs to those historically used in the USA. The EU label restores Label IDs to those historically used in Europe. The Label ID sets for USA and EU are shown in the "Label ID" section on page 81 of this manual.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Restore Factory Configuration - 1

Restore USA Factory Configuration

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Restore Factory Configuration - 2

Restore EU Factory Configuration

The programming items listed in the following sections show the factory default settings for each of the menu commands.

Replacing the Battery

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Replacing the Battery - 1

Before replacing the Battery, read "Battery Safety" starting on page 15. Datalogic recommends annual replacement of rechargeable battery packs to ensure maximum performance.

To change the battery of your reader, complete the following instructions.

  1. With a screwdriver, unscrew the battery cover screw.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Replacing the Battery - 2

natural_image Close-up of a black toilet with a red circular button highlighting the lens (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Unscrew and remove the three screws securing the battery holder, and unplug the white connector.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Replacing the Battery - 3

text_image Screw Connector Screw Screw
  1. Carefully lift out the gold contacts circuit, and remove the battery holder while letting the white connector pass through the hole in the battery holder (as shown in the picture below).

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Replacing the Battery - 4

text_image Pass-through hole
  1. Remove the old battery from its place (if present), and insert the new battery in the same position.
  2. Replace the battery holder and three screws, plug in the connector, and return the contacts circuit to its previous location.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Replacing the Battery - 5

When inserting the new battery into the handle, take care to position the battery and the connector as shown.

  1. Insert the cover in the handle and screw it back into place.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Replacing the Battery - 6

natural_image Black handheld scanner with blue handle (no visible text or symbols)

Battery replacement is now complete.

NOTES

Chapter 3

Configuration Using Barcodes

This and following sections provide programming barcodes to configure your reader by changing the default settings. For details about additional methods of programming, see Configuration Methods on page 16.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Configuration Using Barcodes - 1

You must first enable your reader to read barcodes in order to use this section. If you have not done this, go to Setup, starting on page 1 and complete the appropriate procedure.

Configuration Parameters

Once the reader is set up, you can change the default parameters to meet your application needs. Refer to "Standard Defaults" starting on page 329 for initial configuration in order to set the default values and select the interface for your application.

The following configuration parameters are applicable to all Gryphon models covered in this manual, unless otherwise indicated. The items are divided into logical groups, making it easy to find the desired function based on its reference group.

Interface Configuration:

• "RS-232 ONLY Interface" on page 41
- "RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces" on page 46
- "Keyboard Interface" on page 55
- "USB-OEM Interface" on page 67
• "IBM 46XX Interface" on page 69
• "Wand Emulation Interface" on page 73

Parameters common to all interface applications:

  • "Data Format" on page 77 gives options to control the messages sent to the Host system.
  • "Reading Parameters" on page 91 control various operating modes and indicators status functioning.

Symbology-specific parameters:

- "Code Selection" on page 107 provides configuration of a personalized mix of codes, code families and their options.

Model-specific parameters:

  • "Wireless Features" on page 257 offers configuration of radio control parameters for RF and Bluetooth models.
  • "Laser Features" on page 281 provides options specific to laser models.

Reading Configuration Barcodes

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Reading Configuration Barcodes - 1

You must first enable your reader to read barcodes in order to use this section. If you have not done this, go to Setup, starting on page 1 and complete the appropriate procedure.

To program features:

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING barcode, available at the top of each programming page, when applicable.
  2. Scan the barcode to set the desired programming feature. You may need to cover unused barcodes on the page, and possibly the facing page, to ensure that the reader reads only the barcode you intend to scan.
  3. If additional input parameters are needed, go to Appendix D, Keypad, and scan the appropriate characters from the keypad.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Reading Configuration Barcodes - 2

Additional information about many features can be found in the "References" chapter.

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Complete the programming sequence b y scanning the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING barcode to exit Programming Mode.

For detailed descriptions, programming information and examples for setting selected configuration items, see References, starting on page 285.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Reading Configuration Barcodes - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Host Commands — Obey/Ignore

GLOBAL INTERFACE FEATURES

The following interface features are configurable by all interface types.

Host Commands — Obey/Ignore

This option specifies whether the reader will obey or ignore host commands. When set to ignore, the reader will ignore all host commands except for those necessary for:

• service mode
- flash programming mode
- keeping the interface active
- transmission of labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Host Commands = Obey

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Host Commands = Ignore

USB Suspend Mode

This setting enables/disables the ability of USB interfaces to enter suspend mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Suspend Mode - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Suspend Mode - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

USB Suspend Mode = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Suspend Mode - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

USB Suspend Mode = Enable

NOTES

RS-232 ONLY INTERFACE

BAUD RATE on page 42

DATA BITS on page 43

STOP BITS on page 43

PARITY on page 44

HANDSHAKING CONTROL on page 45

Use the programming barcodes in this section if modifications to the standard RS-232 interface settings are necessary to meet your system's requirements. Additional settings which apply to both the RS-232 and USB interfaces are available in the next section, "RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces" starting on page 4-46.

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RS-232 ONLY INTERFACE - 1

RS-232 ONLY Interface ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Baud Rate

See page 285 for information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 1Baud Rate = 1200
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 2Baud Rate = 2400
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 3Baud Rate = 4800
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 4Baud Rate = 9600DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 6Baud Rate = 19,200
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 7Baud Rate = 38,400
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 8Baud Rate = 57,600
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 9Baud Rate = 115,200

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Baud Rate - 10
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Data Bits

Data Bits

This parameter allows the reader to interface with devices requiring a 7-bit or 8-bit ASCII protocol for sending and receiving data.

7 Data Bits
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Data Bits - 18 Data BitsDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Data Bits - 2

Stop Bits

Set the number of stop bits to match host device requirements. See page 285 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stop Bits - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stop Bits - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stop Bits - 32 Stop Bits

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stop Bits - 4

RS-232 ONLY Interface ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Parity

This feature specifies parity required for sending and receiving data. Select the parity type according to host device requirements. See page 285 for more information.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Parity - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Parity - 2Parity = None
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Parity - 3Parity = Even
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Parity - 4Parity = Odd

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Parity - 5
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Handshaking Control

Handshaking Control

See page 285 for more information about this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Handshaking Control - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Handshaking Control - 2
Handwriting control, HRC
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Handshaking Control - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Handshaking Control - 4
H
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Handshaking Control - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Handshaking Control - 6
Han

RS-232/USB-COM INTERFACES

INTERCHARACTER DELAY on page 47
BEEP ON ASCII BEL on page 47
BEEP ON NOT ON FILE on page 48
ACK NAK OPTIONS on page 49
ACK CHARACTER on page 50
NAK CHARACTER on page 50
ACK NAK TIMEOUT VALUE on page 51
ACK NAK RETRY COUNT on page 51
ACK NAK ERROR HANDLING on page 52
INDICATE TRANSMISSION FAILURE on page 52
DISABLE CHARACTER on page 53
ENABLE CHARACTER on page 53

The programming barcodes in this chapter allow modifications to the standard RS-232 and USB-Com interfaces. Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RS-232/USB-COM INTERFACES - 1
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Intercharacter Delay

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay between the end of one character and the beginning of the next. The delay can be set within a range of zero (0) to 990 milliseconds in 10ms increments. A setting of zero specifies no delay.
See page 286 for more information.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 1Intercharacter Delay = No Delay
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 2Select Intercharacter Delay Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 3CANCEL

DEFAULT

00 = No Intercharacter Delay

Beep On ASCII BEL

When this parameter is enabled, the reader issues a beep when a character is detected on the RS-232 serial line. is issued to gain a user's attention to an illegal entry or other important event.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On ASCII BEL - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Beep On ASCII BEL = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On ASCII BEL - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On ASCII BEL - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Beep On ASCII BEL = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On ASCII BEL - 4

RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Beep On Not on File

This option enables/disables the action of the reader to sound a three beep sequence upon receiving a Not-On-File (NOF) host command.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On Not on File - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Beep On Not On File = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On Not on File - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On Not on File - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Beep On Not On File = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep On Not on File - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE ACK NAK Options

ACK NAK Options

This enables/disables the ability of the reader to support the RS-232 ACK/NAK protocol. See page 287 for more information.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Options - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Options - 2ACK/NAK Protocol = Disable ACK/NAK
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Options - 3ACK/NAK Protocol = Enable for label transmission
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Options - 4ACK/NAK Protocol = Enable for host-command acknowledge
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Options - 5ACK/NAK Protocol = Enable for label transmission and host-command acknowledge

ACK Character

This setting specifies an ASCII character or hex value to be used as the ACK character. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected. See page 287 for more information.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the optionData Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK Character - 2

text_image Select ACK Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x06 'ACK' Character

NAK Character

This setting specifies an ASCII character or hex value to be used as the NAK character. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected. See page 288 for more information.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - NAK Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - NAK Character - 2

text_image Select NAK Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x15 'NAK' Character

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - NAK Character - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE ACK NAK Timeout Value

ACK NAK Timeout Value

This option specifies the amount of time the reader waits for an ACK character from the host following label transmission. The selectable timeout range is 200 milliseconds to 15,000ms (15 seconds) in 200ms increments. A selection of 0 disables the timeout.

See page 288 for more information on setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Timeout Value - 1
Select ACK NAK Timeout Value Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Timeout Value - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 ACK NAK Timeout value is 200ms

ACK NAK Retry Count

This feature specifies the number of times the reader retries a label transmission due to a retry condition. The selectable range is from 1 to 254 retries. A selection of 0 disables the count, and a selection of 255 specifies unlimited retries. See page 289 for more information.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Retry Count - 1
Select ACK NAK Retry Count Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Retry Count - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

003 = 3 Retries

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DEFAULT - 1

RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK NAK Error Handling

This feature specifies the method the reader uses to handle receive errors detected while waiting for an ACK character from the host.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 2ACK NAK Error Handling = Ignore Errors Detected
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 3ACK NAK Error Handling = Process Error as Valid ACK Character
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 4ACK NAK Error Handling = Process Error as Valid NAK Character

Indicate Transmission Failure

This option enables/disables the reader's ability to sound an error beep to indicate a transmission failure while in ACK/NAK mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 1Indicate Transmission Failure = Disable Indication
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 2Indicate Transmission Failure = Enable IndicationDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Disable Character

Disable Character

Specifies the value of the RS-232 host command used to disable the reader.

ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disable Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

See page 291 for more information on setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disable Character - 2

Select Disable Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x44 = Disable Character is 'D'

Enable Character

Specifies the value of the RS-232 host command used to enable the reader.

ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Enable Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

See page 292 in “References” for more information on setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Enable Character - 2

Select Enable Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x45 = Enable Character is 'E'

NOTES

KEYBOARD INTERFACE

COUNTRY MODE on page 56
CAPS LOCK STATE on page 59
NUMLOCK on page 59
SEND CONTROL CHARACTERS on page 60
WEDGE QUIET INTERVAL on page 61
INTERCHARACTER DELAY on page 62
INTERCODE DELAY on page 63
USB KEYBOARD SPEED on page 64

Use the programming barcodes in this chapter to select options for USB Keyboard and Wedge Interfaces. Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

Information about control character emulation which applies to keyboard interfaces is listed in Appendix E, Scancode Tables.

Country Mode

This feature specifies the country/language supported by the keyboard.

Only the following interfaces support ALL Country Modes.

• USB Keyboard (without alternate key encoding)
- AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 w/Std Key Encoding
- Keyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 with standard key encoding but without external keyboard
- AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 without Alternate Key
- Keyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 without alternate key encoding but without external keyboard

All other interfaces support ONLY the following Country Modes: U.S., Belgium, Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Sweden.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Country Mode = U.S.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' in the center.

Country Mode = Britain

Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.

Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Country Mode = Czechoslovakia

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 7
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Country Mode

Country Mode — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 8Country Mode = DenmarkSupports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 9Country Mode = France
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 10Country Mode = Germany
Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 11Country Mode = Hungary
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 12Country Mode = Italy
Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 13Country Mode = Japanese 106-key
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 14Country Mode = NorwaySupports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 15Country Mode = PolandSupports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.
Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 16Country Mode = Portugal
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 17Country Mode = RomaniaSupports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.
Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 18Country Mode = Slovakia
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 19Country Mode = Spain
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 20Country Mode = Sweden
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 21Country Mode = SwitzerlandSupports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Country Mode - 22

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Caps Lock State

Caps Lock State

This option specifies the format in which the reader sends character data. This applies to keyboard wedge interfaces. This does not apply when an alternate key encoding keyboard is selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Caps Lock State - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Caps Lock State - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Caps Lock State - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Caps Lock State - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Caps Lock State = Caps Lock ON
Caps Lock State = AUTO Caps Lock Enable

Numlock

This option specifies the setting of the Numbers Lock (Numlock) key while in keyboard wedge interface. This only applies to alternate key encoding interfaces. It does not apply to USB keyboard.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Numlock - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Numlock - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Numlock - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Numlock = Numlock key unchanged
Numlock = Numlock key toggled

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Numlock - 4

Keyboard Interface ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Send Control Characters

This feature Specifies how the reader transmits ASCII control characters to the host. Reference Appendix E, Scancode Tables for more information about control characters.

Options are as follows:

Control Character 00. Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Keys, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 01. Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Capital Key, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 02. Special keys are located from 00 to 0x1F and characters from 0x80 to 0xFE are intended as an extended ASCII table (Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 — see "Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252" on page 357).

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Control Characters - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Control Characters - 2Wedge Send Control Characters = 00
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Control Characters - 3Wedge Send Control Characters = 01
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Control Characters - 4Wedge Send Control Characters = 02

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Control Characters - 5

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Wedge Quiet Interval

Wedge Quiet Interval

This option specifies the amount of time to look for keyboard activity before the reader breaks the keyboard connection in order to transmit data to host. The selectable range for this feature is from 0 to 990ms in 10ms increments.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wedge Quiet Interval - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface.

See page 293 in "References" for detailed information and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wedge Quiet Interval - 2Select Wedge Quiet Interval Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wedge Quiet Interval - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wedge Quiet Interval - 4

text_image DEFAULT

10 = Quiet Interval of 100 ms

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay between the end of one character and the beginning of the next. The delay can be set within a range of zero (0) to 990 milliseconds in 10ms increments. A setting of zero specifies no delay.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface.

See page 294 in “References” for detailed information and examples for setting this feature.

Intercharacter Delay = No Delay
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 2Select Intercharacter Delay Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 3CANCEL

DEFAULT

00 = No Intercharacter Delay

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Intercode Delay

Intercode Delay

Specifies the delay between labels transmitted to the host for this interface. The selectable range for this feature is from 0 to 99 seconds.

See page 295 in "References" for detailed information and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercode Delay - 1Set Intercode Delay
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercode Delay - 2CANCEL

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercode Delay - 3

00 = No Wedge Intercode Delay

USB Keyboard Speed

This option specifies the USB poll rate for a USB keyboard.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the USB Keyboard interface.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 7

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

USB Keyboard Speed = 4ms
USB Keyboard Speed = 5ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE USB Keyboard Speed

USB Keyboard Speed — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 9USB Keyboard Speed = 6ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 10USB Keyboard Speed = 7ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 11USB Keyboard Speed = 8ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 12USB Keyboard Speed = 9ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB Keyboard Speed - 13USB Keyboard Speed = 10ms

NOTES

USB-OEM INTERFACE

USB-OEM DEVICE USAGE on page 68

INTERFACE OPTIONS on page 68

Feature settings for USB interfaces differ depending upon which host type the reader will be connected with. Use the feature settings in this chapter and "IBM 46XX Interface" on page 69 to specifically configure for the USB-OEM interface. Other USB interfaces are included in the appropriate chapter for their host type.

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

USB-OEM Device Usage

The USB-OEM protocol allows for the reader to be identified as one of two different types of barcode scanners. Depending on what other scanners you may already have connected to a USB-OEM POS, you may need to change this setting to enable all devices to communicate.

Options are:

  • Table Top Scanner
  • Handheld Scanner

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 1

It may be necessary to switch device usage when connecting two readers/scanners of the same type to a POS system.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 2USB-OEM Device Usage = Table Top Scanner
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 3USB-OEM Device Usage = Handheld ScannerDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 4

Interface Options

This feature provides for an interface-specific control mechanism.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interface Options - 1Obey Scanner Configuration Host Commands
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interface Options - 2Ignore Scanner Configuration Host CommandsDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interface Options - 3

IBM 46XX INTERFACE

46xx NUMBER OF HOST RESETS on page 70

TRANSMIT LABELS IN CODE 39 FORMAT on page 72

INTERFACE OPTIONS on page 72

Use the barcodes in this section to configure programmable features for available IBM 46XX interfaces.

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IBM 46XX INTERFACE - 1

46xx Number of Host Resets

Specifies how many consecutive resets are processed before the reader starts a five-second period to allow the user to enter Programming Mode and configure the reader. The configurable range for this feature is 1 to 15 resets.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 146xx Number of Host Resets = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 246xx Number of Host Resets = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 346xx Number of Host Resets = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 446xx Number of Host Resets = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 546xx Number of Host Resets = 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 646xx Number of Host Resets = 6DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 846xx Number of Host Resets = 7

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 9
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE 46xx Number of Host Resets

46xx Number of Host Resets — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1046xx Number of Host Resets = 8
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1146xx Number of Host Resets = 9
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1246xx Number of Host Resets = 10
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1346xx Number of Host Resets = 11
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1446xx Number of Host Resets = 12
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1546xx Number of Host Resets = 13
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1646xx Number of Host Resets = 14
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1746xx Number of Host Resets = 15

Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format

This feature enable/disables translation to Code 39 before transmitting label data to an IBM-46XX or a USB-OEM host. Only the symbology identifier is modified for the translation. The data is not converted to Code 39 or verified to be valid for Code 39.

Options are:

IBM Standard Format. Send labels in standard IBM format.

Code 39 Format. Translate the following symbologies to Code 39:

  • USB-OEM: Code128, Code 93, and Codabar
    • IBM-Port 5B: Code 128, Code 93, and Codabar
    • IBM-Port 9B: Code 93 and Codabar

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format - 2

text_image Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format = IBM Standard Format

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format = Code 39 Format

Interface Options

This feature provides for an interface-specific control mechanism.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interface Options - 1Obey Scanner Configuration Host Commands
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interface Options - 2Ignore Scanner Configuration Host CommandsDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interface Options - 3

WAND EMULATION INTERFACE

WAND SIGNAL SPEED on page 74
WAND POLARITY on page 74
WAND IDLE STATE on page 75
TRANSMIT NOISE on page 75
LABEL SYMBOLOGY CONVERSION on page 76

This chapter provides feature/settings configuration for the Wand Emulation interface. Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

Wand Signal Speed

This feature specifies the speed of the Wand output signal per nominal bar or space. Choices are:

• 330 microseconds
- 660 microseconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Signal Speed - 1Wand Signal Speed = 330ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Signal Speed - 2Wand Signal Speed = 660msDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Signal Speed - 3

Wand Polarity

This option specifies the polarity of the Wand output signal. Choices are:

  • Quiet zones and spaces are high, bars are low
  • Quiet zones and spaces are low, bars are high

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Polarity - 1

TTL logic levels:

0V <= Low <= 0.7V

2.4V <= High <= 5.25V

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Polarity - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Polarity - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Wand Polarity = Quiet Zones & Spaces High, Bars Low

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Polarity - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Wand Polarity = Quiet Zones & Spaces Low, Bars High

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Polarity - 5
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Wand Idle State

Wand Idle State

This feature specifies the level of the Wand output signal when the reader is idle.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Idle State - 1

TTL logic levels:

$$ 0 \mathrm{V} < = \text { Low } < = 0. 7 \mathrm{V} $$

$$ 2. 4 \mathrm{V} < = \text { High } < = 5. 2 5 \mathrm{V} $$

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Idle State - 2Wand Idle State = Low
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Idle State - 3Wand Idle State = HighDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wand Idle State - 4

Transmit Noise

This option specifies the leading/trailing noise for the Wand interface.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Noise - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Noise - 2Transmit Noise = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Noise - 3Transmit Noise = Transmit leading noise
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Noise - 4Transmit Noise = Transmit trailing noise
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Transmit Noise - 5Transmit Noise = Transmit leading and trailing noise

Label Symbology Conversion

When this feature is enabled for the Wand Emulation interface, all barcode labels are converted to a single symbology.

Options are:

  • No conversion
  • Convert to Code 39 symbology
  • Convert to Code 39 Full ASCII
  • Convert to Code 128 symbology

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Symbology Conversion - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Symbology Conversion - 2

text_image Label Symbology Conversion = No conversion

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Symbology Conversion - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Label Symbology Conversion = Convert to Code 39

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Symbology Conversion - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Label Symbology Conversion = Convert to Code 39 Full ASCII

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Symbology Conversion - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Label Symbology Conversion = Convert to Code 128

DATA FORMAT

GLOBAL PREFIX/SUFFIX on page 78
GLOBAL AIM ID on page 79
GS1-128 AIM ID on page 80
LABEL ID starting on page 81•Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets•Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology•Label ID Control•Label ID Symbology Selection•Set Global Mid Label ID Characters
CASE CONVERSION on page 90
CHARACTER CONVERSION on page 90

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DATA FORMAT - 1

CAUTION

It is not recommended to use these features with IBM interfaces.

The features in this chapter can be used to build specific user-defined data into a message string. See “References” starting on page 298 for more detailed instructions on setting these features.

Global Prefix/Suffix

This option sets up to 20 characters each from the set of ASCII characters or any hex value from 00 to FF. The characters may be added as a prefix (in a position before the barcode data, also called a header) and/or as a suffix (in a position following the barcode data, also called a footer). See page 299 for more detailed instructions on setting this feature.

To configure this feature, scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode above to place the unit in Programming Mode, then the "Set Global Prefix" or "Set Global Suffix," barcode followed by the digits (in hex) from the Alphanumeric characters in Appendix D, Keypad representing your desired character(s). If less than the expected string of 20 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to terminate the string. Exit programming mode by scanning the ENTER/EXIT barcode again.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global Prefix/Suffix - 1Set Global Prefix
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global Prefix/Suffix - 2Set Global Suffix
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global Prefix/Suffix - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global Prefix/Suffix - 4

No Global Prefix Global Suffix = 0x0D (CR)

Global AIM ID

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 1

This feature enables/disables addition of AIM IDs for all symbology types.

AIM label identifiers (as opposed to custom characters you select yourself as with label identifiers) can be included with scanned barcode data. AIM label identifiers consist of three characters as follows:

  • A close brace character (ASCII ‘]’), followed by...
  • A code character (see the table below), followed by...
  • A modifier character (the modifier character is symbol dependent).
SYMBOLOGY CHARSYMBOLOGY CHAR
UPC/EAN E^a Code 128/GS1-128 C
Code 39 and Code 32ADataBar Omnidirectional, DataBar Expandede
Codabar F Standard 2 of 5 S
Interleaved 2 of 5 I ISBN X^b
Code 93GCode 11H

a. UPC-A and UPC-E labels are converted to EAN 13 when adding AIM IDs.

b. ISBN (X with a 0 modifier character)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Global AIM ID = Enable
Global AIM ID = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 5

Data Format ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

GS1-128 AIM ID

If Global AIM ID is disabled, the AIM ID for GS1-128 can be enabled/disabled independently. The AIM ID for GS1-128 is a ]C1, ]C2 or ]C3.

AIM IDs for other symbologies can be enabled/disabled independently as well. Contact Customer Support for assistance

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 1GS1-128 AIM ID = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 2GS1-128 AIM ID = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 3

Label ID

A Label ID is a customizable code of up to three ASCII characters (each can be one of hex 0x01-0xFF), used to identify a barcode (symbology) type. It can be appended previous to or following the transmitted barcode data depending upon how this option is enabled. This feature provides options for configuring custom Label IDs as a pre-loaded set (see "Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets" below) or individually per symbology (see "Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology" on page 81). If you wish to program the reader to always include an industry standard label identifier for ALL symbology types, see the previous feature "Global AIM ID" on page 79.

See Label ID, starting on page 301 of "References" for more information on setting this feature.

Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets

The reader supports two pre-loaded sets of Label IDs. See Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets, starting on page 301 for details on the USA set and the EU set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 1
CAUTION

When changing from one Label ID set to another, all other reader configuration settings, including the host interface type, will be erased and set to the standard factory defaults. Any custom configuration or custom defaults will be lost.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 3
Label ID Pre-loaded Set = USA Set

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 4

text_image Label ID Pre-loaded Set = EU Set

Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology

This feature configures a Label ID individually for a single symbology. See Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology, starting on page 303 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology - 1

Label ID Control

This option controls whether a Label ID is disabled, or sent as a prefix or suffix for a given symbology type.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Control - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Control - 2Label ID Transmission = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Control - 3Label ID Transmission = Enable as Prefix
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Control - 4Label ID Transmission = Enable as Suffix
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Control - 5CANCELMake a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Control - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Label ID Symbology Selection

Label ID Symbology Selection

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See "Label ID" on page 81 or page 303 in "References" for more detailed instructions.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 1Set UPC-A Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 2Set UPC-A/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 3Set UPC-A/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 4Set UPC-A/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 5Set UPC-E Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 6Set UPC-E/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 7Set UPC-E/P5 Label ID Character(s)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 8

Data Format ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 9Set UPC-E/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 10Set EAN 13 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 11Set EAN 13/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 12Set EAN 13/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 13Set EAN 13/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 14Set EAN 8 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 15Set EAN 8/P2 Label ID Character(s)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 16
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Label ID Symbology Selection

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 17Set EAN 8/P5 Label ID Character(s)
Set EAN 8/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 18Set GTIN Label ID Character(s)
Set GTIN/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 19Set GTIN/P5 Label ID Character(s)
Set GTIN/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 20Set Code 39 Label ID Character(s)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 21

Data Format ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 22Set Code 32 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 23Set Code 39 CIP Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 24Set Code 128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 25Set GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 26Set ISBT 128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 27Set Codablock F Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 28Set Interleaved 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 29Set Follett 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 30
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Label ID Symbology Selection

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 31Set Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 32Set Standard 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 33Set Industrial 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 34Set IATA Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 35Set Datalogic 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 36Set Codabar Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 37Set ABC Codabar Label ID Character(s)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 38

Data Format ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 39Set Code 11 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 40Set DataBar Omnidirectional Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 41Set DataBar Expanded Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 42Set DataBar Limited Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 43Set Code 93 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 44Set MSI Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 45Set Plessey Label ID Character(s)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 46
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Set Global Mid Label ID Characters

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 47Set Anker Plessey Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 48Set Code 4 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 49Set Code 5 Label ID Character(s)

Set Global Mid Label ID Characters

Specifies mid-label ID that is added for transmission between the labels of a two-label pair.

To configure this feature, scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode above to place the unit in Programming Mode, then the "Set Global Mid Label ID Character(s)" barcode followed by the digits (in hex) from the Alphanumeric characters in Appendix D, Keypad representing your desired character(s). If less than the expected string of 20 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to terminate the string. Exit programming mode by scanning the ENTER/EXIT barcode again.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Set Global Mid Label ID Characters - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Set Global Mid Label ID Character(s)

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Set Global Mid Label ID Characters - 2
CANCEL

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Set Global Mid Label ID Characters - 3

No Mid Label ID

Character (00)

Case Conversion

This feature allows conversion of the case of all alphabetic characters to upper or lower case.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Case Conversion - 1

Case conversion affects ONLY scanned barcode data, and does not affect Label ID, Prefix, Suffix, or other appended data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Case Conversion - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Case Conversion - 3

text_image Case Conversion = Disable (no case conversion)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Case Conversion - 4

text_image Case Conversion = Convert to upper case

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Case Conversion - 5

text_image Case Conversion = Convert to lower case

Character Conversion

Character conversion is an eight byte configuration item. The eight bytes are 4 character pairs represented in hexadecimal ASCII values. The first character in the pair is the character that will be converted. The second character in the pair is the character to convert to. If the character to convert in a pair is FF, then no conversion is done.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Character Conversion - 1

If less than the expected string of 16 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode twice to accept the selections and exit Programming Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Character Conversion - 2

text_image Configure Character Conversion

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Character Conversion - 3

0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF (No character conversion)

READING PARAMETERS

DOUBLE READ TIMEOUT on page 92GOOD READ LED DURATION on page 100
LABEL GONE TIMEOUT on page 93SCAN MODE on page 101
SLEEP MODE TIMEOUT on page 94STAND MODE TRIGGERED TIMEOUT on page 102
POWER ON ALERT on page 96STAND DETECTION on page 103
GOOD READ: WHEN TO INDICATE on page 96STAND MODE SENSITIVITY on page 104
GOOD READ BEEP TYPE on page 97SCANNING ACTIVE TIME on page 104
GOOD READ BEEP FREQUENCY on page 97FLASH ON TIME on page 105
GOOD READ BEEP LENGTH on page 98FLASH OFF TIME on page 105
GOOD READ BEEP VOLUME on page 99GREEN SPOT DURATION on page 106

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - READING PARAMETERS - 1

Reading Parameters ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Double Read Timeout

Double Read Timeout prevents a double read of the same label by setting the minimum time allowed between reads of labels of the same symbology and data. If the unit reads a label and sees the same label again within the specified timeout, the second read is ignored. Double Read Timeout does not apply to scan modes that require a trigger pull for each label read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 1Double Read Timeout = 0.1 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 2Double Read Timeout = 0.2 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 3Double Read Timeout = 0.3 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 4Double Read Timeout = 0.4 SecondDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 6Double Read Timeout = 0.5 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 7Double Read Timeout = 0.6 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 8Double Read Timeout = 0.7 Second

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 9
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Label Gone Timeout

Double Read Timeout — continued
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 10

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central 'B' symbol

Double Read Timeout = 0.8 Second

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 11

text_image Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Double Read Timeout = 0.9 Second

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Double Read Timeout - 12

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Double Read Timeout = 1 Second

Label Gone Timeout

This feature sets the time after the last label segment is seen before the reader prepares for a new label. The timeout can be set within a range of 10 milliseconds to 2,550 milliseconds (2.55 seconds) in 10ms increments. Label Gone Timeout does not apply to scan modes that require a trigger pull for each label that is read. See page 306 in “References” for detailed instructions and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Gone Timeout - 1
Select Label Gone Timeout Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Gone Timeout - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

016 = Timeout of 160 ms

Sleep Mode Timeout

This feature sets the amount of time that the reader will be idle before it enters into a low power Sleep Mode. When in Sleep Mode the reader can no longer receive commands from the Host or base station until it is woken up again by a trigger pull or being placed into a base station.

In order for the reader to enter Sleep Mode, the following conditions must be met:

Corded version (GD4100 only). RS-232 interface and trigger single, trigger multiple or trigger pulse.

Mobile version (GM4100 only). Sleep state is allowed only on the handheld (not on the base) when trigger single, trigger multiple or trigger pulse are set, and when the reader is not charging the battery.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 1
This feature is not applicable to the Gryphon Laser or Gryphon BT models

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 2Sleep Mode Timeout = DisableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 4Sleep Mode Timeout = 1 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 5Sleep Mode Timeout = 2 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 6Sleep Mode Timeout = 3 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 7Sleep Mode Timeout = 4 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Sleep Mode Timeout

Sleep Mode Timeout — continued

Sleep Mode Timeout = 5 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 9Sleep Mode Timeout = 6 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 10Sleep Mode Timeout = 7 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 11Sleep Mode Timeout = 8 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 12Sleep Mode Timeout = 9 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 13Sleep Mode Timeout = 10 Seconds

LED AND BEEPER INDICATORS

Power On Alert

Disables or enables the indication (from the Beeper) that the reader is receiving power.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Power On Alert - 1Power On Alert = Disable (No Audible Indication)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Power On Alert - 2Power On Alert = Four BeepsDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Power On Alert - 3

Good Read: When to Indicate

This feature specifies when the reader will provide indication (beep and/or flash its green LED) upon successfully reading a barcode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 1

This option, which uses CTS, is only valid for RS-232 interfaces.

This item is not configurable for the GM4100/GBT 4100 models.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central vertical bar

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central vertical bar

Indicate Good Read = After Transmit
Indicate Good Read = After CTS Goes Inactive, Then Active

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 6

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Good Read Beep Type

Good Read Beep Type

Specifies whether the good read beep has a mono or bitonal beep sound.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Type - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Type - 2Good Read Beep Type = Mono
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Type - 3Good Read Beep Type = Bitonal

Good Read Beep Frequency

Adjusts the good read beep to sound at a selectable low, medium or high frequency, selectable from the list below. (Controls the beeper's pitch/tone.)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 1Good Read Beep Frequency = Low
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 2Good Read Beep Frequency = Medium
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 4Good Read Beep Frequency = High

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 5

Reading Parameters ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Good Read Beep Length

Good Read Beep Length = 60 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 6Good Read Beep Length = 80 msecDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 8Good Read Beep Length = 100 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 9Good Read Beep Length = 120 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 10Good Read Beep Length = 140 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 11Good Read Beep Length = 160 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 12Good Read Beep Length = 180 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 13Good Read Beep Length = 200 msec

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 14
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Good Read Beep Volume

Good Read Beep Volume

Selects the beeper volume (loudness) upon a good read beep. There are three selectable volume levels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Volume - 1Good Read Beep Volume = Beeper Off
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Volume - 2Good Read Beep Volume = Low
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Volume - 3Good Read Beep Volume = Medium
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Volume - 4Good Read Beep Volume = HighDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read Beep Volume - 5

Good Read LED Duration

This feature specifies the amount of time that the Good Read LED remains on following a good read. The good read LED on time can be set within a range of 10 milliseconds to 2,550 milliseconds (0.001 to 2.55 seconds) in 100ms increments.

See page 307 in “References” for detailed instructions and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read LED Duration - 1

text_image Select Good Read LED Duration Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read LED Duration - 2

DEFAULT

020 = Good Read LED stays on for 2 seconds.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read LED Duration - 3

Indicators are dimmed during sleep.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read LED Duration - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Scan Mode

SCANNING FEATURES

Scan Mode

Selects the reader's scan operating mode. See page 308 in "References" for descriptions.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 1Scan Mode = Trigger SingleDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 3Scan Mode = Trigger Hold Multiple
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 4Scan Mode = Trigger Pulse Multiple
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 5Scan Mode = Flashinga
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 6Scan Mode = Always Onb
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 7Scan Mode = Stand Modec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 8Scan Mode = Trigger Object Sense c

a. Recommended scan mode for Gryphon L for hands-free stand mode operation.
b. See "Laser Features" starting on page 5-281 for additional laser programmable timeout options.
c. Not applicable to the Gryphon L.

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout

This feature specifies the time to remain in Trigger Single mode after the trigger is pulled while in Stand Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 1

This timeout is only used when the Scan Mode is configured as Stand Mode.

This feature is valid only for corded models. It is not applicable to the Gryphon L model.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 2Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 0.5 SecondsDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 4Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 1.5 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 5Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 2 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 6Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 3 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 7Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 4 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 8Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 6 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 9
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Stand Detection

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout — continued
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 10

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 8 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 11

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = Switch back to Trigger Single on trigger pull

Stand Detection

Specifies the behavior of the scanner when placed in a stand that contains autorecognition hardware.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Detection - 1
This feature is not applicable to the Gryphon L.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Detection - 2
Switch to Stand Mode

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Detection - 3
Ignore Autorecognition

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Detection - 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Detection - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Detection - 6
Switch to Flashing
Switch to Always On

Stand Mode Sensitivity

Sets the sensitivity level for stand mode wakeup. Choices are low, medium and high.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 1

This feature is not applicable to the Gryphon L.

Stand Mode Sensitivity = Low
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 4

Scanning Active Time

This setting specifies the amount of time that the reader stays in scan ON state once the state is entered. The range for this setting is from 1 to 255 seconds in 1-second increments. See page 309 in “References” for descriptions of each feature

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scanning Active Time - 1Select Scanning Active Time Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scanning Active Time - 2

DEFAULT

005 = Scanning is active for 5 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scanning Active Time - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Flash On Time

Flash On Time

This feature specifies the ON time for the indicator LED while in Flash Mode. The selectable range is 100 to 9,900 milliseconds (0.1 to 9.9 seconds), in 100 millisecond increments. See page 310 in "References" for detailed information on setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Flash On Time - 1
Select Flash ON Time Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Flash On Time - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

10 = Flash is ON for 1 Second

Flash Off Time

This feature specifies the OFF time for the indicator LED while in Flash Mode. The selectable range is 100 to 9,900 milliseconds (0.1 to 9.9 seconds), in 100 millisecond increments. See page 311 in "References" for detailed information on setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Flash Off Time - 1
Select Flash OFF Time Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Flash Off Time - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

06 = Flash is OFF for 600ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DEFAULT - 1

Reading Parameters ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Green Spot Duration

Specifies the duration of the good read pointer beam after a good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Green Spot Duration - 1Green Spot Duration = Disable (Green Spot is Off)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Green Spot Duration - 2Green Spot Duration = Short (300 msec)DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Green Spot Duration - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Green Spot Duration - 4Green Spot Duration = Medium (500 msec)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Green Spot Duration - 5Green Spot Duration = Long (800 msec)

CODE SELECTION

The reader supports the following symbologies (barcode types). Symbology-dependent options for each symbology are included in this chapter.

CODE EAN/UPC on page 109STANDARD 2 OF 5 on page 178
• Coupon ControlINDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 on page 184
• UPC-A • Code IATA
• UPC-EDATALOGIC 2 OF 5 on page 191
• EAN 13 (Jan 13)CODABAR on page 197
• ISSN • ABC Codabar
• EAN 8 (Jan 8)CODE 11 on page 212
• UPC/EAN Global SettingsGS1 DATABARTM OMNIDIRECTIONAL on page 221
CODE 39 on page 136• GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional
• Code 32 (ITAL Pharmaceutical Code)• GS1 DataBarTM Expanded
• Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical)• GS1 DataBarTM Limited
CODE 128 on page 151CODE 93 on page 229
• GS1-128MSI on page 237
CODE ISBT 128 on page 162PLESSEY on page 244
CODABLOCK F on page 165CODE 4 on page 252
INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 (I 2 OF 5) on page 169CODE 5 on page 253
• Follett 2 of 5
• Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR

Default settings are indicated at each feature/option with a green arrow. Also reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of the most widely used set of standard factory settings. That section also provides space to record any custom settings needed or implemented for your system.

To set most features:

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING barcode at the top of a applicable programming pages.
  2. Scan the correct barcode to set the desired programming feature or parameter. You may need to cover unused barcodes on the page, and possibly the facing page, to ensure that the reader reads only the barcode you intend to scan.

  3. If additional input parameters are needed, go to Appendix D, Keypad, and scan the appropriate characters from the keypad.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE SELECTION - 1

Additional information about many features can be found in the "References" chapter.

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Complete the programming sequence b y scanning the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING barcode to exit Programming Mode.

DISABLE ALL SYMBOLOGIES

Use this feature to disable all symbologies.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING barcode below.
  2. Scan the Disable All Symbologies barcode.
  3. Complete the programming sequence by scanning the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING barcode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DISABLE ALL SYMBOLOGIES - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DISABLE ALL SYMBOLOGIES - 2

text_image Disable All Symbologies

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DISABLE ALL SYMBOLOGIES - 3

This does not disable the reading of programming labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - DISABLE ALL SYMBOLOGIES - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Coupon Control

CODE EAN/UPC

Coupon Control

This feature is used to control the reader's method of processing coupon labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Coupon Control - 1Coupon Control = Allow all coupon barcodes to be decoded
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Coupon Control - 2Coupon Control = Enable only UPCA coupon decodingDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Coupon Control - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Coupon Control - 4Coupon Control = Enable only GS1 DataBar ^TM coupon decoding

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Coupon Control - 5

Code EAN/UPC ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

UPC-A

The following options apply to the UPC-A symbology.

UPC-A Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read UPC-A barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 1UPC-A = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 2UPC-A = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 3

UPC-A Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with UPC-A barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 1UPC-A Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 2UPC-A Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Expand UPC-A to EAN-13

Expand UPC-A to EAN-13

Expands UPC-A data to the EAN-13 data format. Selecting this feature also changes the symbology ID to match those required for EAN-13.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-A to EAN-13 - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-A to EAN-13 - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-A to EAN-13 - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

UPC-A to EAN-13 = Don't Expand
UPC-A to EAN-13 = Expand

UPC-A Number System Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of the UPC-A number system character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Number System Character Transmission - 1UPC-A Number System Character = Do not transmit
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Number System Character Transmission - 2UPC-A Number System Character = TransmitDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Number System Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Number System Character Transmission - 4

Code EAN/UPC ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

UPC-A Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a UPC-A label must be decoded before it is accepted as a good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 2UPC-A Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 3UPC-A Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 4UPC-A Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 5UPC-A Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE UPC-E Enable/Disable

UPC-E

The following options apply to the UPC-E symbology.

UPC-E Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read UPC-E barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 1UPC-E = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 2UPC-E = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 3

UPC-E Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with UPC-E barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 1UPC-E Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 2UPC-E Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 4

UPC-E ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Expand UPC-E to EAN-13

Expands UPC-E data to the EAN-13 data format. Selecting this feature also changes the symbology ID to match those required for EAN-13.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to EAN-13 - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to EAN-13 - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to EAN-13 - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

UPC-E to EAN-13 = Don't Expand
UPC-E to EAN-13 = Expand

Expand UPC-E to UPC-A

Expands UPC-E data to the UPC-A data format.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to UPC-A - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to UPC-A - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

UPC-E to UPC-A = Don't Expand

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to UPC-A - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

UPC-E to UPC-A = Expand

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand UPC-E to UPC-A - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE UPC-E Number System Character Transmission

UPC-E Number System Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of the UPC-E system number character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 1UPC-E Number System Character = Do not transmit
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 2UPC-E Number System Character = TransmitDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 3

UPC-E Minimum Reads

Specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a UPC-E label must be decoded before it is accepted as a good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 1UPC-E Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 2UPC-E Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 4UPC-E Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 5UPC-E Minimum Reads = 4

GTIN FORMATTING

This feature enables/disables the ability to convert UPC-E, UPC-A, EAN 8, and EAN 13 labels into the GTIN 14-character format.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GTIN FORMATTING - 1

If add-on information is present on the base label prior to the conversion taking place, the add-on information will be appended to the converted GTIN label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GTIN FORMATTING - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GTIN FORMATTING - 3

text_image GTIN Formatting = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GTIN FORMATTING - 4

text_image GTIN Formatting = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GTIN FORMATTING - 5

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE EAN 13 Enable/Disable

EAN 13 (JAN 13)

The following options apply to the EAN 13 (Jan 13) symbology.

EAN 13 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read EAN 13/JAN 13 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 1EAN 13 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 2EAN 13 = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 3

EAN 13 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with EAN 13 barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 1EAN 13 Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 2EAN 13 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 4

EAN 13 (Jan 13) ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

EAN-13 Flag 1 Character

Enables/disables transmission of an EAN/JAN13 Flag1 character. The Flag 1 character is the first character of the label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 1EAN-13 Flag 1 Char= Don’t transmit
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 2EAN-13 Flag 1 Char= TransmitDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 3

EAN-13 ISBN Conversion

This option enables/disables conversion of EAN 13/JAN 13 Bookland labels starting with 978 to ISBN labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 ISBN Conversion - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 ISBN Conversion - 2EAN-13 ISBN Conversion = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 ISBN Conversion - 3EAN-13 ISBN Conversion = Convert to ISBN

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN-13 ISBN Conversion - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE EAN 13 Minimum Reads

EAN 13 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an EAN 13 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 2EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 3EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 4EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 5EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 6

ISSN ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ISSN

The following options apply to the ISSN symbology.

ISSN Enable/Disable

Enables/disables conversion of EAN/JAN13 Bookland labels starting with 977 to ISSN labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISSN Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISSN Enable/Disable - 2

text_image ISSN = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISSN Enable/Disable - 3

text_image ISSN = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISSN Enable/Disable - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE EAN 8 Enable/Disable

EAN 8 (JAN 8)

The following options apply to the EAN 8 (Jan 8) symbology.

EAN 8 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read EAN 8/JAN 8 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 1EAN 8 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 2EAN 8 = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 3

EAN 8 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with EAN 8 barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 1EAN 8 Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 2EAN 8 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 4

EAN 8 (Jan 8) ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13

Enable this option to expand EAN 8/JAN 8 labels to EAN 13/JAN 13.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 3

EAN 8 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an EAN 8 (Jan 8) label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 6

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE UPC/EAN Decoding Level

UPC/EAN GLOBAL SETTINGS

This section provides configuration settings for UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN 13 and EAN 8 symbologies, and affects all of these unless otherwise marked for each feature description.

UPC/EAN Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 1UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 3UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 4UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 5UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 6UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 5 (Aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level - 7

UPC/EAN Global Settings ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

UPC/EAN Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. This will help the scanner read labels that have spots, voids and/or damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Correlation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Correlation - 2

text_image UPC/EAN Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Correlation - 3

text_image UPC/EAN Correlation = Enable

UPC/EAN Price Weight Check

This feature enables/disables calculation and verification of price/weight check digits.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 2

text_image Price Weight Check = Disabled

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 4

text_image Weight Check = 5-digit price-weight

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Price Weight Check = European 4-digit price-weight check
Price Weight Check = European 5-digit price-weight check

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 7
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE In-Store Minimum Reads

In-Store Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an in-store label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.
In-store labels are defined as UPC-A labels with a number-system character of 2 or 4 as well as EAN 8 and EAN 13 labels with a Flag1 character of 2 or an EAN 13 label starting with the three characters '980'.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 1In-Store Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 2In-Store Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 4In-Store Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 5In-Store Minimum Reads = 4

ADD-ONS

Contact Customer Support for advanced programming of optional and conditional add-ons.

Optional Add-ons

The reader can be enabled to optionally read the following add-ons (supplementals):

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 1

If a UPC/EAN base label and an add-on are both decoded, the reader will transmit the base label and add-on. If a UPC/EAN base label is decoded without an add-on, the base label will be transmitted without an add-on. Conditional add-on settings (if enabled) are considered by the reader before optional add-on settings.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 5DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 6
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 8DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 9
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 10

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-ons - 11
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Optional Add-On Timer

Optional Add-On Timer

This option sets the time the reader will look for an add-on when an add-on fragment has been seen and optional add-ons are enabled. (Also see "Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer" on page 130.)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 1Optional Add-on Timer = 10ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 2Optional Add-on Timer = 20ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 3Optional Add-on Timer = 30ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 4Optional Add-on Timer = 40ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 5Optional Add-on Timer = 50ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 6

Add-Ons ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Optional Add-On Timer — cont.

Optional Add-on Timer = 60ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 7Optional Add-on Timer = 70msDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 8
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 9Optional Add-on Timer = 100ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 10Optional Add-on Timer = 120ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 11Optional Add-on Timer = 140ms
Optional Add-on Timer = 160ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 12
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Optional Add-On Timer

Optional Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 13Optional Add-on Timer = 180ms
Optional Add-on Timer = 200ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 14Optional Add-on Timer = 220ms
Optional Add-on Timer = 240ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 15Optional Add-on Timer = 260ms
Optional Add-on Timer = 280ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional Add-On Timer - 16Optional Add-on Timer = 300ms

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer

This option sets the timer expiration value to read the added part after reading the linear EAN/UPC part. For UPC/EAN add-ons other than those of that type, see "Optional Add-On Timer" on page 127.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 2Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 3Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 10ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 4Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 20ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 5Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 30ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 6Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 40ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 7Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 50ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 9Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 60ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 10Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 70ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 11Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 100ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 12Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 120ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 13Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 140ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 14Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 160ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 15

Add-Ons ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 16Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 180ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 17Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 200ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 18Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 220ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 19Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 240ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 20Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 260ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 21Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 280ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 22Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 300ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 23

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of times a P2 add-on must be read before it is marked as valid and then combined with a base label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 1P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 2P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 4P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 5P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 6

P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of times a P5 add-on must be read before it is marked as valid and then combined with a base label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 2P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 3P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 4P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 5P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of times an GS1-128 add-on must be read before it is marked as valid and then combined with a base label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 2GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 3GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 4GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 5GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 6

CODE 39

The following options apply to the Code 39 symbology.

Code 39 Enable/Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 39 - 1Code 39 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 39 - 2Code 39 = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 39 - 3

Code 39 Check Character Calculation

Enable this option to enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Code 39 check character. When disabled, any check character in the label is treated as a data character

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 1Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Don't Calculate
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 2Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Calculate Std CheckDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 4Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Calculate Mod 7 Check

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 5
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 39 Check Character Transmission

Code 39 Check Character Calculation — cont.
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Enable Italian Post Check

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 7

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Enable Daimler Chrysler Check

Code 39 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Code 39 barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Transmission - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

Code 39 Check Character Transmission = Send

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Code 39 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Check Character Transmission - 3

text_image DEFAULT

Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission

Enable this option to enable/disable transmission of Code 39 start and stop characters.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 3

text_image Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Transmit

Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Don't Transmit

Code 39 Full ASCII

Enables/disables the translation of Code 39 characters to Code 39 full-ASCII characters.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Code 39 Full ASCII = Disable

Code 39 Full ASCII = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 39 Quiet Zones

Code 39 Quiet Zones

This feature specifies the number of quiet zones for Code 39 labels. Quiet zones are blank areas at the ends of a barcode, typically 10 times the width of the narrowest bar or space in the label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 1Code 39 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 2Code 39 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 3Code 39 Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 5Code 39 Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 6Code 39 Quiet Zones = Small Quiet Zones on two sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 7

Code 39 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 39 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 1Code 39 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 2Code 39 Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 4Code 39 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 5Code 39 Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 39 Decoding Level

Code 39 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 1
This configuration item applies to Code 39 and Code 32.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 2Code 39 Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 3Code 39 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 4Code 39 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 6Code 39 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 7Code 39 Decoding Level = 5 (Aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 8

Code 39 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 39 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 39 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Length Control - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Length Control - 2

text_image Code 39 Length Control = Variable Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Length Control - 3

text_image Code 39 Length Control = Fixed Length

Code 39 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 39 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 0 to 50 characters.

Table 2 provides examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 2. Code 39 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Set Length 1 - 1
Select Code 39 Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

02 = Length 1 is 2 Characters

Code 39 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 39 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

Table 3 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 3. Code 39 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Set Length 2 - 1
Select Code 39Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Set Length 2 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 39 Interdigit Ratio

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio

This feature specifies the ratio between an intercharacter space and module for Code 39 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 1Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 2Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 3Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 4Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 5DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 6Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 7Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 8

Code 39 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 9Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 10Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 11Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 12Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 13Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 10

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 14
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 39 Character Correlation

Code 39 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 2

text_image Code 39 Character Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Code 39 Character Correlation = Enable

Code 39 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Code 39 labels. When parts of a Code 39 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

Code 39 Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Stitching - 1Code 39 Stitching = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 Stitching - 2

CODE 32 (ITAL PHARMACEUTICAL CODE)

The following options apply to the Code 32 (Italian Pharmaceutical Code) symbology.

Code 32 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 32 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Code 32 = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

Code 32 = Disable

Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions - 1

The following features are set for Code 32 by using these Code 39 settings:

"Code 39 Quiet Zones" on page 139

"Code 39 Minimum Reads" on page 140

"Code 39 Decoding Level" on page 141

"Code 39 Interdigit Ratio" on page 145

"Code 39 Character Correlation" on page 147

"Code 39 Stitching" on page 147

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions - 2
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 32 Check Char Transmission

Code 32 Check Char Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Code 32 barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Check Char Transmission - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Check Char Transmission - 2

text_image Code 32 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Check Char Transmission - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Code 32 Check Character Transmission = Send

Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission

This option enables/disables transmission of Code 32 start and stop characters.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 2

text_image Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Don't Transmit

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Transmit

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission - 4

Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical) ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

CODE 39 CIP (FRENCH PHARMACEUTICAL)

The following options apply to the Code 39 CIP symbology.

Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of the reader to decode Code 39 CIP labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Code 39 CIP = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 128 Enable/Disable

CODE 128

The following options apply to the Code 128 symbology.

Code 128 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 128 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Enable/Disable - 1Code 128 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Enable/Disable - 2Code 128 = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Enable/Disable - 3

Expand Code 128 to Code 39

This feature enables/disables expansion of Code 128 labels to Code 39 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand Code 128 to Code 39 - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand Code 128 to Code 39 - 2Code 128 to Code 39 = Don't Expand
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Expand Code 128 to Code 39 - 3Code 128 to Code 39 = Expand

Code 128 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Code 128 barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Check Character Transmission - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Check Character Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Check Character Transmission - 3

text_image Code 128 Check Character Transmission = Send

Code 128 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send

Code 128 Function Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of Code128 function characters 1, 2, 3, and 4.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Function Character Transmission - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Function Character Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' in the center.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Function Character Transmission - 3

text_image Code 128 Function Character Transmission = Send

Code 128 Function Character Transmission = Don't Send

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Function Character Transmission - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission

Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission

Enables/disables the transmission of “Sub-Code exchange” characters (NOT transmitted by standard decoding).

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 3

text_image Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission = Enable

Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 4

Code 128 Quiet Zones

This feature specifies the number of quiet zones for Code 128 labels. Quiet zones are blank areas at the ends of a barcode and are typically 10 times the width of the narrowest bar or space in the label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 1Code 128 Quiet Zones = No Quiet Zones
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 2Code 128 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 3Code 128 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 4Code 128 Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 6Code 128 Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 7
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 128 Minimum Reads

Code 128 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 128 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 2Code 128 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 3Code 128 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 4Code 128 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 5Code 128 Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 6

Code 128 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 1Code 128 Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 2Code 128 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 3Code 128 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 5Code 128 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 6Code 128 Decoding Level = 5 (Aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Decoding Level - 7

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 128 Length Control

Code 128 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 128 symbology. See page 296 for more information..

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Length Control - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Length Control - 2

text_image Code 128 Length Control = Variable Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Length Control - 3

text_image Code 128 Length Control = Fixed Length

Code 128 Set Length 1

Specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 128 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 1 to 80 characters.

Table 4 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 4. Code 128 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting01 Character07 Characters15 Characters80 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 128 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Set Length 1 - 1

text_image Select Code 128 Set Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Set Length 1 - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Set Length 1 - 3

text_image DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Set Length 1 - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 128 Set Length 2

Code 128 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 128 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only.

The length can be set from 1 to 80 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 5 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 5. Code 128 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 80 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 128 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘0’ and ‘F’ ‘5’ AND 0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Set Length 2 - 1
Select Code 128 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

80 = Length 2 is 80 Characters

Code 128 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Code 128 Character Correlation = Enable

Code 128 Character Correlation = Disable

Code 128 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Code 128 labels. When parts of a Code 128 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Stitching - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Stitching - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

Code 128 Stitching = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Stitching - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 128 Stitching - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE GS1-128 Enable

GS1-128

The following options apply to the GS1-128 symbology. (Also known as USS-128, GS1-128, GTIN-128, UCC-128, EAN-128.)

GS1-128 Enable

This option enables/disables the ability of the reader to translate GS1-128 labels to the GS1-128 data format. Options are:

• Transmit GS1-128 labels in Code 128 data format.
• Transmit GS1-128 labels in GS1-128 data format.
- Do not transmit GS1-128 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Enable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Enable - 2GS1-128 = Transmit in Code 128 data format
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Enable - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1-128 Enable - 4GS1-128 = Do not transmit GS1-128 labels

CODE ISBT 128

The following options apply to the ISBT 128 symbology.

ISBT 128 Concatenation

Use this option to enable/disable ISBT128 concatenation of 2 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 2

text_image ISBN 128 Concatenation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 3

text_image ISBN 128 Concatenation = Enable

ISBT 128 Force Concatenation

When enabled, this feature forces concatenation for ISBT.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 1

This option is only valid when ISBT 128 Concatenationis enabled.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 3

text_image ISBT 128 Force Concatenation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 4

text_image ISBT 128 Force Concatenation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 5

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode

Specifies the concatenation mode between Static and Dynamic.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 1

This option is only valid when ISBT 128 Concatenationis enabled (see page 162).

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode = Dynamic

ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout

Specifies the timeout used by the ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 1ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 50 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 2ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 100 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 4ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 200 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 5ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 500 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 6ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 750 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 7ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 1 second

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 8

ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation Options

To set up pairs of label types for concatenation, use the Datalogic Aladdin configuration application or contact Datalogic Technical Support, as described on page 10.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation Options - 1

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codablock F Enable/Disable

CODABLOCK F

The following options apply to the Codablock F symbology.

Codablock F Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Codablock F labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 2Codablock F = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 3Codablock F = Enable

Codablock F EAN Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables the Codablock F EAN subtype (code with FNC1 in the first position)..

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F EAN Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F EAN Enable/Disable - 2Codablock F EAN = Disable
Codablock F EAN = Enable

Codablock F AIM Check

Specifies if Check Digit calculation algorithm is AIM compliant or not.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F AIM Check - 1Codablock F AIM Check = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F AIM Check - 2Codablock F AIM Check = Enable Check CDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F AIM Check - 3

Codablock F Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Codablock F symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Length Control - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Length Control - 2Codablock F Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Length Control - 3Codablock F = Fixed Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Length Control - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codablock F Set Length 1

Codablock F Set Length 1

Specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codablock F Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. Characters can be set from 03 to 255 characters.

Table 6 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 6. CODABLOCK F Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting03 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABLOCK F LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Three Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘3’‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘7’‘0”,‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Set Length 1 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Select Codablock F Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Set Length 1 - 2CANCEL

DEFAULT

03 = Length 1 is 3 Characters

Codablock F Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codablock F Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

Table 7 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 7. CODABLOCK F Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABLOCK F LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Three Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘7’‘0”,‘1’ and ‘5’‘0”,‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Set Length 2 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Select Codablock F Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

100 = Length 2 is 100 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codablock F Set Length 2 - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 (I 2 OF 5)

The following options apply to the I 2 of 5 symbology.

I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read I 2 of 5 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 212 of 5 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 312 of 5 = Enable

I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional I 2 of 5 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 212 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 312 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Standard (Modulo 10)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 412 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check German Parcel

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 5

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - cont.

12 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check DHL
12 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Daimler Chrysler
12 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Bosch
12 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Italian Post

I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with I 2 of 5 barcode data.

12 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
12 of 5 Check Character Transmission = SendDEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 1
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an 12 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 212 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 312 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 412 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 512 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

2 of 5 Decoding Level

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 1

This configuration item applies to Interleaved 2 of 5, Datalogic 2 of 5 and Standard 2 of 5.

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 2

text_image 2 of 5 Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 3

text_image 2 of 5 Decoding Level = 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 4

text_image 2 of 5 Decoding Level = 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 6

text_image 2 of 5 Decoding Level = 5 (Aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 7

text_image 2 of 5 Decoding Level = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Decoding Level - 8

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE I 2 of 5 Length Control

12 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the 12 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Length Control - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Length Control - 2

text_image 12 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Length Control - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

12 of 5 Length Control = Fixed Length

I 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for 12 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters. The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters in increments of two.

Table 8 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 8.12 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting2 Characters 6Characters 14Characters 50Characters
2Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits02 06 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT I 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘2’‘0’ and ‘6’‘1’ and ‘4’‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1
Select 1 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

06 = Length 1 is 6 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE | 2 of 5 Set Length 2

12 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for 12 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 9 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 9.12 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingIgnore This Length4 Characters 14Characters 50 Characters
2 Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits00 04 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT I 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘4’‘1’ and ‘4’‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Set Length 2 - 1
Select 12 of 5 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - of 5 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

I 2 of 5 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 2

text_image 12 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 3

text_image I 2 of 5 Character Correlation = Disable

I 2 of 5 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for I 2 of 5 labels. When parts of a I 2 of 5 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 2

text_image 12 of 5 Stitching = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 3

text_image 12 of 5 Stitching = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

FOLLETT 2 OF 5

The following options apply to the Follett 2 of 5 symbology.

Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of imager to decode Follett 2 of 5 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 2Follett 2 of 5 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 3Follett 2 of 5 = Enable

INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 CIP HR

The following options apply to the Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR symbology.

Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable - 2Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable - 3Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable - 4

Standard 2 of 5 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

STANDARD 2 OF 5

The following options apply to the Standard 2 of 5 symbology.

Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Standard 2 of 5 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Standard 2 of 5 = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Standard 2 of 5 = Enable

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Standard 2 of 5 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 2

text_image 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation :

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 3

text_image Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Standard 2 of 5 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 1Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 2Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 3

Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Standard 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 1Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 2Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 4Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 5Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level - 1

The Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level feature is set using "2 of 5 Decoding Level" on page 172.

Standard 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Standard 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 3

text_image Standard 2 of 5 Length Control = Fixed Length

Standard 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Standard 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters. The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters.

Table 10 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 if you want detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 10. Standard 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting01 Character07 Characters15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT STANDARD 2 OF 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1
Select Standard 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

08 = Length 1 is 8 Characters

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Standard 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 11 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 11. Standard 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (pad with leading zeroes)00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT STANDARD 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 1
Select Standard 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation

Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 3Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

Standard 2 of 5 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Standard 2 of 5 labels. When parts of a Standard 2 of 5 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 3Standard 2 of 5 Stitching = Enable

INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5

The following options apply to the Industrial 2 of 5 symbology.

Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Industrial 2 of 5 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Barcode image containing encoded digital information

Industrial 2 of 5 = Enable
Industrial 2 of 5 = Disable

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional Industrial 2 of 5 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an Industrial 2 of 5 check character.

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 1Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 2

Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Industrial 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control - 2Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control - 3Industrial 2 of 5 = Fixed Length

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 0 to 50 characters.

Table 12 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 if you want detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 12. Industrial 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 Characters07 Characters15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Select Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 2

CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 13 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 13. Industrial 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Select Industrial 2 of5 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 3

Industrial 2 of 5 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an Industrial 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 2Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 3Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 4Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 5Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching

Enables/disables fixed length stitching for Industrial 2 of 5.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching - 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching - 4Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching - 5

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation

Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation

Enable/disables character correlation for Industrial 2 of 5.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical bars of varying widths

Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

CODE IATA

The following options apply to the IATA symbology.

IATA Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables the ability of the reader to decode IATA labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IATA Enable/Disable - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IATA Enable/Disable - 2

text_image IATA = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IATA Enable/Disable - 3

text_image IATA = Disable

IATA Check Character Transmission

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional Industrial 2 of 5 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IATA Check Character Transmission - 1
IATA Check Character Transmission = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IATA Check Character Transmission - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - IATA Check Character Transmission - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

DATALOGIC 2 OF 5

The following options apply to the Datalogic 2 of 5 symbology.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Datalogic 2 of 5 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Datalogic 2 of 5 = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Datalogic 2 of 5 = Enable

Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Datalogic 2 of 5 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation - 4

Datalogic 2 of 5 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an Datalogic 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 112 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 212 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 412 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 512 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level - 1

The Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level feature is set using "2 of 5 Decoding Level" on page 172.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level - 2

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control

Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Datalogic 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 3

text_image Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control = Fixed Length

Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters. The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters in increments of two.

Table 14 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 14. Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting2 Characters 6Characters 14Characters 50Characters
2Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits02 06 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT Datalogic 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘2’‘0’ and ‘6’‘1’ and ‘4’‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1

Select Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 2

CANCEL

DEFAULT

06 = Length 1 is 6 Characters

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 15 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 15. Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingIgnore This Length4 Characters 14Characters 50 Characters
2 Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits00 04 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT DATALOGIC 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘4’‘1’ and ‘4’‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 1
Select Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 3

Datalogic 2 of 5 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 212 of 5 Character Correlation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 312 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Datalogic 2 of 5 labels. When parts of a Datalogic 2 of 5 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 2Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 3Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codabar Enable/Disable

CODABAR

The following options apply to the Codabar symbology.

Codabar Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Codabar barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Codabar = Enable
Codabar = Disable

Codabar Check Character Calculation

Enable this option to enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Codabar check character. When disabled, any check character in the label is treated as a data character

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small white dot in the center

Codabar Check Character Calculation = Don't Calculate

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Codabar Check Character Calculation = Enable AIM standard check char.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Codabar Check Character Calculation = Enable Modulo 10 check char.

Codabar Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Codabar barcode data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 1Codabar Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 2Codabar Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 3

Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission

Enable this option to enable/disable transmission of Codabar start and stop characters.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 1Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission = Don’t Transmit
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 2Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission = TransmitDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codabar Start/Stop Character Set

Codabar Start/Stop Character Set

This option specifies the format of transmitted Codabar start/stop characters.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 1Codabar Check Character Set = ABCD/TN*E
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 2Codabar Check Character Set = ABCD/ABCD
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 3Codabar Check Character Set = abcd/tn*e
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 4Codabar Check Character Set = abcd/abcdDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 5

Codabar Start/Stop Character Match

When enabled, this option requires that start and stop characters match.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Match - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Match - 2Codabar Start/Stop Character Match = Don't Require Match
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Match - 3Codabar Start/Stop Character Match = Require Match

Codabar Quiet Zones

Specifies the number of quiet zones for Codabar labels. Quiet zones are blank areas at the ends of a barcode and are typically 10 times the width of the narrowest bar or space in the label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 1Codabar Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 2Codabar Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 3Codabar Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 5Codabar Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 6Codabar Quiet Zones = Small Quiet Zones on two sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 7
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codabar Minimum Reads

Codabar Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Codabar label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 2Codabar Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 3Codabar Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 4Codabar Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 5Codabar Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 6

Codabar Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative, depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 1Codabar Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 2Codabar Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 3Codabar Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 5Codabar Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 6Codabar Decoding Level = 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Decoding Level - 7

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codabar Length Control

Codabar Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Codabar symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Length Control - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Length Control - 2

text_image Codabar Length Control = Variable Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Length Control - 3

text_image Codabar Length Control = Fixed Length

Codabar Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codabar Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's start, stop, check and data characters. The length must include at least one data character. The length can be set from 3 to 50 characters.

Table 16 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 16. Codabar Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (and pad with leading zeroes)03 Characters09 Characters15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABAR LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘3’ ‘0’ and ‘9’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Set Length 1 - 1
Select Codabar Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

03 = Length 1 is 3 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Set Length 1 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codabar Set Length 2

Codabar Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codabar Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's start, stop, check and data characters. The length must include at least one data character.

The length can be set from 3 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 17 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 17. Codabar Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (and pad with leading zeroes)00 Ignore This Length07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABAR LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Set Length 2 - 1
Select Codabar Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Set Length 2 - 3

Codabar Interdigit Ratio

This feature specifies the ratio between an intercharacter space and module for Codabar labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 1Codabar Interdigit Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 2Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 3Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 4Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 5DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 6Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 7Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Codabar Interdigit Ratio

Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 9Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 10Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 11Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 12Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 13Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 10

Codabar Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Character Correlation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Character Correlation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Character Correlation - 3

text_image Codabar Character Correlation = Enable

Codabar Character Correlation = Disable

Codabar Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Codabar labels. When parts of a Codabar barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Stitching - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Stitching - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central vertical bar

Codabar Stitching = Disable
Codabar Stitching = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Codabar Stitching - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE ABC Codabar Enable/Disable

ABC CODABAR

The following options apply to the ABC Codabar symbology.

ABC Codabar Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode ABC Codabar labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Enable/Disable - 2ABC Codabar = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Enable/Disable - 3ABC Codabar = Enable

ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode

Specifies the concatenation mode between Static and Dynamic.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode - 2ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode = Static
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode - 3ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode = Dynamic

ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout

Specifies the timeout in 10-millisecond ticks used by the ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 1ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 50 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 2ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 100 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 4ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 200 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 5ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 500 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 6ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 750 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 7ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 1 Second

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 8

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE ABC Codabar Force Concatenation

ABC Codabar Force Concatenation

Forces labels starting or ending with D to be concatenated.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 2ABC Codabar Force Concatenation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 3ABC Codabar Force Concatenation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 4

CODE 11

The following options apply to the Code 11 symbology.

Code 11 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 11 barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Code 11 = Enable
Code 11 = Disable

Code 11 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of optional Code 11 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 1Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 2Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Check C
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 3Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Check K
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 4Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Check C and KDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 11 Check Character Transmission

Code 11 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 11 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Transmission - 1Code 11 Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Transmission - 2Code 11 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Check Character Transmission - 3

Code 11 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 11 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 1Code 11 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 2Code 11 Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 4Code 11 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 5Code 11 Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 6

Code 11 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 11 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 11 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Length Control - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Length Control - 2

text_image Code 11 Length Control = Variable Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Length Control - 3

text_image Code 11 Length Control = Fixed Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Length Control - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 11 Set Length 1

Code 11 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 11 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters. The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters.

Table 18 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 18. Code 11 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (pad with leading zeroes)02 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 11 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘2’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Set Length 1 - 1
Select Code 11 Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

04 = Length 1 is 4 Characters

Code 11 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 11 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 19 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 19. Code 11 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (pad with leading zeroes)00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 11 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘0’ and ‘F’‘3’ AND 2’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Set Length 2 - 1
Select Code 11 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Set Length 2 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 11 Interdigit Ratio

Code 11 Interdigit Ratio

This feature specifies the ratio between an intercharacter space and module for Code 11 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 1Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 2Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 3Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 4Code11 Interdigit Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 5DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 6Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 7Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 8

Code 11 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 9Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 10Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 11Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 12Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 13Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 10

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 14
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 11 Decoding Level

Code 11 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 1Codabar Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 2Codabar Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 3Codabar Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 5Codabar Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 6Codabar Decoding Level = 5 (Aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Decoding Level - 7

Code 11 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Character Correlation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Character Correlation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Code 11 Character Correlation = Enable

Code 11 Character Correlation = Disable

Code 11 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Code 11 labels. When parts of a Code 11 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Stitching - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Stitching - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Code 11 Stitching = Disable
Code 11 Stitching = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 11 Stitching - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Enable/Disable

GS1 DATABAR™ OMNIDIRECTIONAL

The following options apply to the GS1 DataBar ^TM Omnidirectional (formerly RSS-14) symbology.

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read GS1 DataBar ^TM Omnidirectional barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Enable/Disable - 2

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional = Enable

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation

When enabled, GS1 DataBar ^TM Omnidirectional barcodes will be translated to the GS1-128 label data format.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation - 4
GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a GS1 DataBar ^TM

Omnidirectional label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 2GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 3GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 4GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 5GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 6

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Enable/Disable

GS1 DATABAR™ EXPANDED

The following options apply to the GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded (formerly RSS Expanded) symbology.

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Enable/Disable - 2

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Expanded = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Enable/Disable - 3

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Expanded = Enable

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation

When enabled, GS1 DataBar ^™ Expanded barcodes will be translated to the GS1-128 label data format.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation - 2

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation - 3

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Expanded GS1-128 Emulation = Enable

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a GS1 DataBar ^™ Expanded label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads - 2GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads - 3GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads - 4GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Minimum Reads - 5GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Minimum Reads = 4

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded symbology.

Variable Length. For variable-length decoding, a minimum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed-length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control = Fixed Length
GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control = Variable Length

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 1 to 74 characters.

Table 20 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 20. GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting01 Character07 Characters52 Characters74 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT GS1 DataBarTM EXPANDED LENGTH 1SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘7’‘5’ and ‘2’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 1 - 1Select GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Set Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 1 - 2CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 1 to 74 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 21 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 21. GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (ignore second length)07 Characters 52Characters 74 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT GS1 DataBarTM EXPANDED LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘5’ and ‘2’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 2 - 1
Select GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

74 = Length 2 is 74 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Set Length 2 - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE GS1 DataBar™ Limited Enable/Disable

GS1 DATABAR™ LIMITED

The following options apply to the GS1 DataBar ^™ Limited (formerly RSS Limited) symbology.

GS1 DataBar™ Limited Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read GS1 DataBar ^TM Limited barcodes.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Enable/Disable - 2

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Limited = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Enable/Disable - 3

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Limited = Enable

GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation

When enabled, GS1 DataBar ^™ Limited barcodes will be translated to the GS1-128 label data format.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation - 2

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation - 3

text_image GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited GS1-128 Emulation - 4
GS1 DataBar™ Limited ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a GS1 DataBar ^™ Limited label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads - 2GS1 DataBarTM Limited Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads - 3GS1 DataBarTM Limited Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads - 4GS1 DataBarTM Limited Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads - 5GS1 DataBarTM Limited Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ Limited Minimum Reads - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 93 Enable/Disable

CODE 93

The following options apply to the Code 93 symbology.

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Code 93 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 93 - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 93 - 2Code 93 = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 93 - 3Code 93 = Enable

Code 93 Check Character Calculation

Enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Code 93 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 1Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 2Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Enable Check C
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 3Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Enable Check K
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 4Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Enable Check C and KDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 5

Code 93 Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 93 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Transmission - 1Code 93 Check Character Transmission = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Transmission - 2Code 93 Check Character Transmission = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Check Character Transmission - 3

Code 93 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 93 symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Length Control - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Length Control - 2Code 93 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Length Control - 3Code 93 = Fixed Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Length Control - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 93 Set Length 1

Code 93 Set Length 1

Specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 93 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 01 to 50 characters.

Table 22 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 22. Code 93 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting01 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 93 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters FromAppendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Set Length 1 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the center.

Select Code 93 Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Code 93 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 93 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters. The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 23 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 23. CODE 93 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 93 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Set Length 2 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

Select Code 93 Length 2 Setting

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Set Length 2 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 93 Minimum Reads

Code 93 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 93 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 2Code 93 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 3Code 93 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 4Code 93 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 5Code 93 Minimum Reads = 4

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 6

Code 93 Decoding Level

Specifies the decoding level for Code 93. Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 1Code 93 Decoding Level = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 2Code 93 Decoding Level = 1 (Conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 3Code 93 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 4Code 93 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 6Code 93 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 7Code 93 Decoding Level = 5 (Aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 93 Quiet Zones

Code 93 Quiet Zones

Enables/disables quiet zones for Code 93.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 1Code 93 Quiet Zones = No Quiet Zones
Code 93 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
Code 93 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
Code 93 Quiet Zones = AutoDEFAULT
Code 93 Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 2

Code 93 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 93 Stitching

Disable/enable fixed or variable length stitching for Code 93.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Stitching - 1Code 93 Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Stitching - 2Code 93 Stitching = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Stitching - 3

Code 93 Character Correlation

Enables/disables Character Correlation for Code 93.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 1Code 93 Character Correlation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 2Code 93 Character Correlation = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE MSI Enable/Disable

MSI

The following options apply to the MSI symbology.

MSI Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode MSI labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Enable/Disable - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Enable/Disable - 2MSI = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Enable/Disable - 3MSI = Enable

MSI Check Character Calculation

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional MSI check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 1MSI Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 2MSI Check Character Calculation = Enable Mod10DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 4MSI Check Character Calculation = Enable Mod11/10
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 5MSI Check Character Calculation = Enable Mod10/10

MSI Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an MSI check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Transmission - 1MSI Check Character Transmission = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Transmission - 2MSI Check Character Transmission = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Check Character Transmission - 3

MSI Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the MSI symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Length Control - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Length Control - 2MSI Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Length Control - 3MSI = Fixed Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Length Control - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE MSI Set Length 1

MSI Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for MSI Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 01 to 50 characters.

Table 24 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 24. MSI Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting01 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT MSI LENGTH 1 SETTING
4 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Set Length 1 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Select MSI Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

MSI Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for MSI Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 25 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 25. MSI Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT MSI LENGTH 2 SETTING
4 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Set Length 2 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Select MSI Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Set Length 2 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE MSI Minimum Reads

MSI Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an MSI label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Minimum Reads - 1MSI Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Minimum Reads - 2MSI Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Minimum Reads - 3MSI Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Minimum Reads - 4MSI Minimum Reads = 4DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Minimum Reads - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Minimum Reads - 6

MSI Decoding Level

Specifies the decoding level for MSI. Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 1MSI Decoding Level = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 2MSI Decoding Level = 1 (conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 3MSI Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 4MSI Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 6MSI Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 7MSI Decoding Level = 5 (aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Decoding Level - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE MSI Stitching

MSI Stitching

Enables/disables fixed length stitching for MSI.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Stitching - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Stitching - 2MSI Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Stitching - 3MSI Stitching = Enable

MSI Character Correlation

Enables/disables Character Correlation for MSI.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Character Correlation - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Character Correlation - 2MSI Character Correlation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Character Correlation - 3MSI Character Correlation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - MSI Character Correlation - 4

Plessey ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

PLESSEY

The following options apply to the Plessey symbology.

Plessey Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Plessey labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Plessey = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Plessey Check Character Calculation

Plessey Check Character Calculation

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional Plessey check character.

Plessey Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 1 Plessey Check Character Calculation = Enable Plessey std. check char. verificationDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 3 Plessey Check Character Calculation = Enable Anker check char. verification
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 4 Plessey Check Character Calculation = Enable Plessey std. and Anker check char verification

Plessey Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an MSI check character.

Plessey Check Character Transmission = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Transmission - 1 Plessey Check Character Transmission = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Transmission - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Check Character Transmission - 3

Plessey ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Plessey Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Plessey symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Length Control - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Length Control - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the top

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Length Control - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Plessey Length Control = Variable Length
Plessey = Fixed Length

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Length Control - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Plessey Set Length 1

Plessey Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Plessey Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 01 to 50 characters.

Table 26 provides some examples for setting Length 1. See page 296 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 26. Plessey Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting01 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT Plessey LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters FromAppendix D, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘7’‘1’ and ‘5’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Set Length 1 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Select Plessey Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Set Length 1 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Plessey Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Plessey Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Table 27 provides examples for setting Length 2. See page 297 for detailed instructions on setting this feature.

Table 27. Plessey Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT PLESSEY LENGTH 2 SETTING
4 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D, Keypad'0' and '0''0' and '7''1' and '5''5' AND '0'
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Set Length 2 - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and repeating patterns

Select Plessey Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Set Length 2 - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Set Length 2 - 3
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Plessey Minimum Reads

Plessey Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Plessey label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 1Plessey Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 2Plessey Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 3Plessey Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 4Plessey Minimum Reads = 4DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 6

Plessey ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Plessey Decoding Level

Specifies the decoding level for Plessey. Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 296 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 1Plessey Decoding Level = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 2Plessey Decoding Level = 1 (conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 3Plessey Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 4Plessey Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 6Plessey Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 7Plessey Decoding Level = 5 (aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Decoding Level - 8
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Plessey Stitching

Plessey Stitching

Enables/disables fixed length stitching for Plessey.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Stitching - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Stitching - 2Plessey Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Stitching - 3Plessey Stitching = Enable

Plessey Character Correlation

Enables/disables Character Correlation for Plessey.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Character Correlation - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Character Correlation - 2Plessey Character Correlation = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Character Correlation - 3Plessey Character Correlation = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Plessey Character Correlation - 4

Code 4 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

CODE 4

The following options apply to the Code 4 symbology.

Enables/Disables ability of imager to decode Code 4 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 4 - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 4 - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 4 - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Code 4 = Enable
Code 4 = Disable

Code 4 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 4 check character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Check Character Transmission - 1Code 4 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Check Character Transmission - 2Code 4 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Check Character Transmission - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Check Character Transmission - 4
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion

Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion

This feature enables/disables the conversion of hexadecimal label data to decimal label data.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion - 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion - 2DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion - 3

CODE 5

The following options apply to the Code 5 symbology.

Enables/Disables ability of imager to decode Code 5 labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 5 - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - CODE 5 - 2
Code 5 = Enable

Code 5 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 5 check character.

Code 5 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 5 Check Character Transmission - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 5 Check Character Transmission - 2

Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion

This feature enables/disables the conversion of hexadecimal label data to decimal label data.

Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level

CODE 4 AND CODE 5 COMMON CONFIGURATION ITEMS

The following options apply to both Code 4 and Code 5 symbologies.

Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs. See page 285 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 1

This configuration item applies to Code 4 and Code 5.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 2Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 1 (conservative)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 3Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 4Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 6Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 7Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 5 (aggressive)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 8

Code 4 and Code 5 Common Configuration Items ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 4 or Code 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 2Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 3Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 4Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 5Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Chapter 4

Wireless Features

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wireless Features - 1

The features in this section are valid only for the GM4100 and GBT4100 models.

This section provides options and programming related to the reader's STAR and Bluetooth communication features. Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

The following features are valid for both STAR and Bluetooth Wireless models:

WIRELESS BEEPER FEATURES starting on page 258CONFIGURATION UPDATES starting on page 263
• Good Transmission Beep• Automatic Configuration Update
• Beep Frequency• Copy Configuration to Scanner
• Beep Duration• Copy Configuration to Base Station
• Beep Volume• Automatic Flash Update
• Disconnect Beep• Request Flash Update
• Base Station BeepPOWERDOWN TIMEOUT starting on page 265
• Leash AlarmBATCH FEATURES starting on page 267
• Batch Mode
RF ADDRESS STAMPING starting on page 269• Send Batch
• Source Radio Address Transmission• Erase Batch Memory
• Source Radio Address Delimiter Character• RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay

• FEATURES FOR STAR MODELS ONLY starting on page 270
- BLUETOOTH-ONLY FEATURES starting on page 277

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wireless Features - 2

Wireless Beeper Features ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

WIRELESS BEEPER FEATURES

Several options are available to configure beeper behavior for RF operation.

Good Transmission Beep

Enables/disables the Good Transmission Beep indication. When enabled, a beep occurs when a Label is correctly transmitted to the base.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Transmission Beep - 1Good Transmission Beep = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Transmission Beep - 2Good Transmission Beep = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Transmission Beep - 3

Beep Frequency

Adjusts radio-specific beep indications to sound at a low, medium or high frequency, selectable from the list below. (Controls the beeper's pitch/tone.)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Frequency - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Frequency - 2Beep Frequency = Low
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Frequency - 3Beep Frequency = Medium
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Frequency - 4Beep Frequency = High

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Frequency - 5
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Beep Duration

Beep Duration

This feature controls the duration of radio-specific beep indications.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 1Beep Duration = 60 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 2Beep Duration = 80 msecDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 4Beep Duration = 100 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 5Beep Duration = 120 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 6Beep Duration = 140 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 7Beep Duration = 160 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 8Beep Duration = 180 msec
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 9Beep Duration = 200 msec

Beep Duration = 60 msec
Beep Duration = 180 msec

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Duration - 10

Wireless Beeper Features ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Beep Volume

Selects the beeper volume (loudness) of radio-specific beep indications. There are three selectable volume levels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Volume - 1Beep Volume = Low
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Volume - 2Beep Volume = Medium
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Volume - 3Beep Volume = HighDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Beep Volume - 4

Disconnect Beep

Enables/disables the beep indication that a handheld has become connected or disconnected from a Base Station.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disconnect Beep - 1

The defaults are different for the STAR and BT models.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disconnect Beep - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disconnect Beep - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disconnect Beep - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disconnect Beep - 5

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disconnect Beep - 6
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Base Station Beep

Base Station Beep

Enables/disables a beep indication when the handheld is placed in the Base Station.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Base Station Beep - 1BT Base Station Beep = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Base Station Beep - 2BT Base Station Beep = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Base Station Beep - 3

Leash Alarm

This setting specifies the number of seconds to sound the Leash Mode beeps (three per second) when the handheld goes out of range. This is especially useful in instances where the reader might inadvertently have been placed in a bag or cart.

For this mode to be effective, reader must be linked to the Base Station and Sleep Mode Timeout on page 94 must be disabled. If the reader is asleep or disconnected from the Base Station, there is no way for it to know where it is relative to the Base Station because communication is not active between the devices.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 2Leash Alarm = Disabled
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 3Leash Alarm = 1 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 4Leash Alarm = 2 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 5

Wireless Beeper Features ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Leash Alarm — cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 6Leash Alarm = 3 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 7Leash Alarm = 4 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 8Leash Alarm = 5 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 9Leash Alarm = 10 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 10Leash Alarm = 25 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 11Leash Alarm = 30 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Leash Alarm - 12

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Automatic Configuration Update

See page 312 in “References” for detailed information and examples of these features.

Automatic Configuration Update

When this feature is enabled, a reader and its linked Base Station can automatically ensure they stay in sync with regard to application hardware and/or configuration. See page 312 for more information on this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Configuration Update - 1Automatic Configuration Update = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Configuration Update - 2Automatic Configuration Update = EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Configuration Update - 3

Copy Configuration to Scanner

Scan the following label to copy the current Base Station configuration to the scanner. Use this method when the Auto Configuration Update feature is disabled and you want a one-time configuration update to be performed on the scanner.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Copy Configuration to Scanner - 1

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Copy Configuration to Scanner - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Copy Configuration to Scanner

Copy Configuration to Base Station

Scan the following label to copy the current scanner configuration to the Base Station. Use this method when the Auto Configuration Update feature is disabled and you want a one-time configuration update to be performed on the Base Station.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Copy Configuration to Base Station - 1
Copy Configuration to Base Station

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Copy Configuration to Base Station - 2

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label with this barcode.

Automatic Flash Update

This feature enables/disables the automatic flash update of a reader.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Flash Update - 1

This item is valid only with POS version of Base Station (model 4010).

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Flash Update - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Flash Update - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Flash Update - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Automatic Flash Update = Enable
Automatic Flash Update = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Automatic Flash Update - 5

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Request Flash Update

Request Flash Update

Scan this barcode to request a flash update from a Base Station

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Request Flash Update - 1
NOTE

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunct with this barcode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Request Flash Update - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Request Flash Update

Powerdown Timeout

The Powerdown Timeout feature sets the time for automatically switching the unit off when the imager has been idle.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 1Powerdown Timeout = Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 2Powerdown Timeout = 10 minutes
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 3Powerdown Timeout = 20 minutes
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 4Powerdown Timeout = 40 minutes

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 5

Configuration Updates ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Powerdown Timeout — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 6Powerdown Timeout = 60 Minutes (1 Hour)DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 8Powerdown Timeout = 120 Minutes (2 Hours)
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 9Powerdown Timeout = 4 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 10Powerdown Timeout = 6 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 11Powerdown Timeout = 8 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 12Powerdown Timeout = 16 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Powerdown Timeout - 13Powerdown Timeout = 24 Hours

BATCH FEATURES

Batch Mode

This option specifies whether to store labels in the handheld while disconnected from the base. Options are as follows:

  • Disabled — The handheld will not store/batch labels.
  • Automatic — The handheld will store labels to RAM when the handheld goes out of range and is disconnected from the remote device.
  • Manual — The handheld will always store labels to Flash memory. The user must manually send the stored labels to the remote device using a special "batch send" label.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Batch Mode - 1

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Batch Mode - 2

text_image Batch Mode = Disabled

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Batch Mode - 3

text_image Batch Mode = Automatic

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Batch Mode - 4

text_image Batch Mode = Manual

Send Batch

Use this barcode to initiate sending of labels stored in batch memory.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Batch - 1

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Send Batch - 2

text_image Send Batch

Erase Batch Memory

Use this barcode to erase any labels stored in batch memory.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Erase Batch Memory - 1

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Erase Batch Memory - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Erase Batch Memory

RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay

Specifies the delay in 10 msec increments between transmitting labels stored in batch memory.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 5RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay = 0.5 seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 6RF and
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 7RF Batch Mode Transmit Delay = 2.5 seconds

RF ADDRESS STAMPING

These features allow configuration of source radio data inclusion.

Source Radio Address Transmission

Enables/disables the ability of source radio address information to be transmitted to the host and, if so, at what position with respect to the label data. See page 312 in “References” for detailed information and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 1

When included as a prefix, the source-radio ID is displayed after all label formatting has been applied. The 6 byte hex address is sent as 12 ascii characters, i.e., an address of 00 06 66 00 1A ED will be sent as (shown in hex): 30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 31 41 45 44

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 3

text_image Source Radio Address Transmission = Do Not Include

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 4

text_image Source Radio Address Transmission = Prefix

Source Radio Address Delimiter Character

This option specifies the delimiter character to be placed between the label data and radio address when address stamping is enabled.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character - 1

This feature only applies if "Source Radio Address Transmission" on page 269 is enabled.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character - 2

Set Source Radio Address Delimiter Character

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

00 = No Delimiter Character

Features for Star Models Only

The features in this section are valid only for the Gryphon I GM4100 Star model:

• STAR Radio Protocol Timeout
• STAR Radio Transmit Mode

DISPLAY FEATURES starting on page 272

  • Contrast
  • Font Size
  • Backlight
  • Display Mode
  • Display Timeout
  • Keypad Select

STAR Radio Protocol Timeout

This parameter sets the valid wait time before transmission between the handheld reader and Base Station is considered failed.

When setting this parameter, take into consideration the radio traffic (number of readers in the same area). The selectable range for this feature is from 02 to 25 seconds. See page 314 in “References” for detailed information and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - STAR Radio Protocol Timeout - 1
Set Radio Protocol Timeout

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - STAR Radio Protocol Timeout - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

02 = 2 Seconds Radio Protocol Timeout

STAR Radio Transmit Mode

Specifies the transmission protocol for Star communications.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - STAR Radio Transmit Mode - 1
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE STAR Radio Transmit Mode

Options are:

  • ACK from cradle to scanner — signals a good transmission as soon as the Base Station receives a label
  • ACK when sent to host — scanner signals a good transmission as soon as the Base Station has sent the label to the host
  • ACK from host — scanner signals a good transmission as soon as the Base Station has sent the label to the host and host has replied with an acknowledge message.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Options are: - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Options are: - 2

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Options are: - 3
ACK when sent to host

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Options are: - 4
ACK from host

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Options are: - 5

ACK from host works only for RS232 or USB-COM interfaces with ACK/NACK disabled. If ACK from host is configured with any other interface conditions, it works like ACK when sent to host.

See "Message Formatting" on page 317 for details.

DISPLAY FEATURES

Contrast

Read the code until the desired contrast is reached.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 2

Font Size

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 3DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 6

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 7
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Backlight

Backlight

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 8DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 9Display backlight = off
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Contrast - 10Display backlight = on

Display Mode

The user can control the reader display behavior according to various selections. See page 312 in "References" for detailed information about each feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Mode - 1DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Mode - 2Local Echo mode
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Mode - 3Normal mode
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Mode - 4Clear display after decode

Display Timeout

Specifies how long the display will remain on after a display write. Display is forced on after any display write or after any reading phase. Display and backlight are turned off after this timeout expires.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 1Display Timeout = DisableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 3Display Timeout = 1 Second
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 4Display Timeout = 2 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 5Display Timeout = 3 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 6Display Timeout = 4 Seconds

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 7
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Display Timeout

Display Timeout - cont.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 8Display Timeout = 5 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 9Display Timeout= 6 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 10Display Timeout = 7 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 11Display Timeout = 8 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 12Display Timeout = 9 Seconds
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Display Timeout - 13Display Timeout = 9.9 Seconds (9,900ms max.)

Keypad Select

This parameter specifies the character that has to be sent from the scanner when one of the three keys are pressed. For example, when key1 is pressed a 0x3C '<' character is sent.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: DISPLAY KEYPAD SELECT.
  4. Then read 3 HEX characters in the range 01-FE from the keypad in Appendix D, Keypad, corresponding to the left, center and right keys respectively.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keypad Select - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keypad Select - 2Disable Keypad
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keypad Select - 3Enable Keypad Select
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keypad Select - 4CANCEL

Disable Keypad

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Keypad Select - 5

text_image DEFAULT

CANCEL

3C3D3E

Bluetooth-Only Features

The features in this section are valid only for Gryphon Bluetooth models. Also reference the Setup section for instructions on Linking a BT Reader to a PC, starting on page 25.

BT SECURITY FEATURES

  • BT Security Mode
  • BT Pin Code

OTHER BT FEATURES

- BT Poll Rate

BT SECURITY FEATURES

These features enable/disable the BT system to require a configurable pin code to authenticate/connect the BT devices, and encrypt the data.

BT Security Mode

This feature enables/disables authentication and encryption of the BT link. Use the feature "BT Pin Code" on page 278 to specify the pin code used to authenticate the BT Link.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Security Mode - 1
NOTE
Changing the security mode setting will unlink the devices. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the default enabled setting, the devices must only be relinked. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the disabled setting, the Security Mode setting must also be updated in the Base Station using Aladdin. After the Base Station has been updated the devices must be relinked.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Security Mode - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Security Mode - 3

text_image BT Security Mode = Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Security Mode - 4

text_image BT Security Mode = Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Security Mode - 5

BT Security Features ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

BT Pin Code

This option specifies the 4-character pin code to be used for authentication of the B'T link. "B'T Security Mode" on page 277 must first be enabled to require the pin code.

See page 315 for detailed information and examples for setting this feature.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Pin Code - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Select BT Pin Code

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Pin Code - 2
CANCEL

DEFAULT

31323334 = Default Pin Code is 1234

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Pin Code - 3

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE BT Poll Rate

OTHER BT FEATURES

BT Poll Rate

This feature specifies the time between BT polls.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 1BT Poll Rate = Maximum BT Poll Rate
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 2BT Poll Rate = 10 ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 3BT Poll Rate = 20 msDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 5BT Poll Rate = 30 ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 6BT Poll Rate = 50 ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 7BT Poll Rate = 100 ms

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 8

Other BT Features ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

BT Poll Rate (continued)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 9BT Poll Rate = 150 ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 10BT Poll Rate = 200 ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 11BT Poll Rate = 500 ms
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Poll Rate - 12BT Poll Rate = 990 ms

Chapter 5

Laser Features

The features in this section are valid for the Gryphon L GD4300 model only.

LASER SCAN ANGLE on page 282

LASER IDLE MODE on page 282

BI-DIRECTIONAL READ DECODING on page 283

ALWAYS ON SCAN MODE TIMEOUT on page 284

This section provides options and programming related to the reader's laser features. Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Features - 1

For hands-free or stand operations, it is recommended that Flashing scan mode be used. See "Scan Mode" on page 101 for programming labels for this feature. For more information, go to page 308 in "References".

Laser Scan Angle

This feature sets the scan angle for the laser. The Narrow scan angle is helpful for selecting and reading a specific barcode among a tight grouping of labels.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Scan Angle - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Scan Angle - 2

text_image Laser Scan Angle = Normal (47 degrees)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Scan Angle - 3

text_image Laser Scan Angle = Narrow (35 degrees

Laser Idle Mode

Laser Idle Mode option is applicable for; trigger Single, Trigger Hold Multiple & Trigger Pulse Multiple only.

This configuration provides control over the laser scanning motor when the laser is not actively scanning. The options are:

Dither Disable: Shuts down the motor (laser mirror dithering) during laser engine idle time to reduce overall scanner power consumption.

Dither Enable: Allows the laser engine motor to continue dithering when laser is not active; may provide an improved read response time.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Idle Mode - 1

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Idle Mode - 2

text_image Dither Disable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Idle Mode - 3

text_image Dither Enable

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Laser Idle Mode - 4

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE Bi-Directional Read Decoding

Bi-Directional Read Decoding

This configuration provides control over the good read and barcode label requirement. This programming option for Gyphon Laser affects all barcode symbologies.

Bi-Directional Read Disable: When Bi-directional reading is disabled, the laser scan is only required to obtain a valid label read in one scanning direction.

Bi-Directional Read Enable: When enabled, the reader is must obtain a valid good read in both scanning directions as part of the label read/decode process. Enabled will provide increased decode reliability.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Bi-Directional Read Decoding - 1Bi-Directional Read Disable
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Bi-Directional Read Decoding - 2Bi-Directional Read EnableDATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Bi-Directional Read Decoding - 3

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Bi-Directional Read Decoding - 4

Laser Features ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Always On Scan Mode Timeout

When the Gryphon Laser is in Always On scanning mode, timeout periods can be configured. If the programmed Always On Timeout elapses, the reader will shut down and a trigger pull is required to resume operation.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Always On Scan Mode Timeout - 1Always On Timeout: 1 Hour
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Always On Scan Mode Timeout - 2Always On Timeout: 2 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Always On Scan Mode Timeout - 3Always On Timeout: 3 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Always On Scan Mode Timeout - 4Always On Timeout: 4 Hours
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Always On Scan Mode Timeout - 5DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Always On Scan Mode Timeout - 6Always On Timeout: 5 Hours

Chapter 6 References

This section contains explanations and examples of selected barcode features. See the Configuration section for the actual barcode labels used to configure the reader.

RS-232 Parameters

RS-232 Only

Baud Rate

Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the reader's baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device. With an improper baud rate setting, data may not reach the host correctly.

Stop Bits

The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream. The number of stop bits selected (one or two) depends on the number the receiving terminal is programmed to accommodate. Set the number of stop bits to match host device requirements.

Parity

This feature specifies parity required for sending and receiving data. A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to host device requirements.

  • Select None when no parity bit is required.
  • Select Odd parity and the parity bit value is set to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an odd number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character.
  • Select Even parity and the parity bit value is set to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an even number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character.

Handshaking Control

The data interface consists of an RS-232 port designed to operate either with or without the hardware handshaking lines, Request to Send (RTS), and Clear to Send (CTS). Handshaking Control includes the following options:

  • RTS — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS is ignored.
  • RTS/CTS — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS gates transmissions.

  • RTS/XON/XOFF — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS is ignored. XON and XOFF gate transmissions.

  • RTS On/CTS — RTS is always asserted. CTS gates transmissions.

RTS/CTS Scan Control — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS gates transmissions and controls enable and disable state of scanner.

RS-232/USB COM Parameters

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay between the end of one character and the beginning of the next. The delay can be set within a range of zero (0) to 990 milliseconds in 10ms increments. A setting of zero specifies no delay.

To set the delay:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Go to page 47 and scan the barcode: SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit.

This completes the procedure. See Table 28 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 28. Intercharacter Delay Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting50ms 150ms600ms 850ms
2 Divide by 10 (pad with leading zeroes to yield two-digits)05 15 6085
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad'0' and '5''5' and '0''6' and '0''8' and '5'
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK NAK Options

This enables/disables the ability of the reader to support the RS-232 ACK/NAK protocol. When configured, the reader and/or host sends an “ACK” when it receives data properly, and sends “NAK” when the data is in error.

Options are:

• D i s a b l e
- Enable for label transmission — The reader expects an ACK/NAK response from the host when a label is sent.
- Enable for host-command acknowledge — The reader will respond with ACK/NAK when the host sends a command.
- Enable for label transmission and host-command acknowledge

ACK Character

This setting specifies an ASCII character or hex value to be used as the ACK character. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host mands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bitshas been set as 7 Data Bits.

  1. Determine the desired character or value.
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Go to page 50 and scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ACK CHARACTER SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 1 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.
  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit.

See Table 29 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 29. ACK Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Character/Value2Hex equivalent from ASCII ChartACK $0x06@0x24>0x400x3E
3Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT ACK CHARACTER SETTING
5Scan Two Characters from Appendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘6’‘2’ and ‘4’‘4’ and ‘0’‘3’ AND ‘E’
6Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

NAK Character

This setting specifies an ASCII character or hex value to be used as the NAK character. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - NAK Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character or value.
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Go to page 50 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT NAK CHARACTER SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 1 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.
  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 30 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 30. NAK Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Character/Value2Hex equivalent from ASCII ChartNAK $ @ >0x15 0x24 0x40 0x3E
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT ACK CHARACTER SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘1’ and ‘5’‘2’ and ‘4’‘4’ and ‘0’‘3’ AND ‘E’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK NAK Timeout Value

This option specifies the amount of time the reader waits for an ACK character from the host following label transmission. The selectable timeout range is 200 milliseconds to 15,000ms (15 seconds) in 200ms increments. A selection of 0 disables the timeout.

To set this value:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.

  2. Divide the desired setting by 200 (setting is in 200ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.

  3. Go to page 51 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ACK NAK TIMEOUT VALUE SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Timeout Value - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 31 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 31. ACK NAK Timeout Value Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting200ms1,000ms (1 sec.)5200ms (5.2 sec.)15,000ms (15 sec.)
2 Divide by 20001 05 26 75
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT ACK NAK TIMEOUT VALUE SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘5’‘2’ and ‘6’‘7’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK NAK Retry Count

This feature specifies the number of times the reader retries a label transmission due to a retry condition. The selectable range is from 1 to 254 retries. A selection of 0 disables the count, and a selection of 255 specifies unlimited retries.

To set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Go to page 51 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ACK NAK RETRY COUNT SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the number which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - ACK NAK Retry Count - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 32 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 32. ACK NAK Retry Count Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingDisable Retry Count3 Retries 54 Retries Unlimited Retries
2 Pad with leading zero(es)000 003 054 255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT ACK NAK RETRY COUNT SETTING
5 Scan Three Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘3’‘0’, ‘5’ and ‘4’‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Disable Character

Specifies the value of the RS-232 host command used to disable the reader.

ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Disable Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set the value:

  1. Determine the desired character or value. A setting of 0xFF indicates the Disable Character is not used (not available).
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Go to page 53 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT DISABLE CHARACTER SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 1 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.
  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 33 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 33. Disable Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired character/value2Hex equivalent from ASCII Chart‘d’ ’D’0x64 0x7D0x44 0xFFDisable Command Not Used
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT DISABLE CHARACTER VALUE SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘6’ and ‘4’ ‘7’ and ‘D’ ‘4’ and ‘4’‘F’ AND ‘F’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Enable Character

Specifies the value of the RS-232 host command used to enable the reader.

ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Enable Character - 1

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set this feature:

Determine the desired character or value. A setting of 0xFF indicates the Enable Character is not used (not available).

  1. Determine the desired character or value.
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Go to page 53 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ENABLE CHARACTER SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 2 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.
  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 34 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 34. Enable Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired character/value2Hex equivalent from ASCII Chart‘e’ }’ ‘E’0x65 0x7D0x45 0xFFEnable Command Not Used
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT DISABLE CHARACTER VALUE SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘6’ and ‘5’‘7’ and ‘D’‘4’ and ‘5’‘F’ AND ‘F’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Keyboard Interface

Wedge Quiet Interval

Specifies the amount of time the reader looks for keyboard activity before it breaks the keyboard connection in order to transmit data to host. The range is from 0 to 990ms in 10ms increments.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Wedge Quiet Interval - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface.

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  3. Go to page 61 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Prog. Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT WEDGE QUIET INTERVAL SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface. - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit.

This completes the procedure to set the Wedge Quiet Interval. See Table 35 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 35. Wedge Quiet Interval Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting10ms 150ms600ms 850ms
2 Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes)01 15 60 85
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT WEDGE QUIET INTERVAL SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘1’ and ‘5’‘6’ and ‘0’‘8’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay between the end of one character and the beginning of the next. The delay can be set within a range of zero (0) to 990 milliseconds in 10ms increments. A setting of zero specifies no delay.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercharacter Delay - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface.

To set the delay:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.

  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.

  3. Go to page 62 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface. - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 28 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 36. Intercharacter Delay Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting50ms 150ms600ms 850ms
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two-digits)05 15 60 85
3Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING
5Scan Two Characters FromAppendix D Kcypad‘0’ and ‘5’‘1’ and ‘5’‘6’ and ‘0’‘8’ and ‘5’
6Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Intercode Delay

Specifies the delay between labels transmitted to the host for this interface. The selectable range for this feature is from 0 to 99 seconds.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc
  3. Go to page 63 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT INTERCODE DELAY SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Intercode Delay - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 46 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 37. Wedge Intercode Delay Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingNo Delay5 Seconds60 Seconds99 Seconds
2 Pad with leading zero(es)00 05 60 99
3Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT INTERCODE DELAY SETTING
5Scan Two Characters FromAppendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘5’‘6’ and ‘0’
6Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Symbologies

Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

Set Length

Length Control allows you to select either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the specified symbology.

Variable Length. For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length. For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only.

The number of characters that can be set varies, depending on the symbology. Reference the page for your selected symbology to see specific variables.

  1. Determine the desired character length (varies depending on symbology). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Go to the Set Length page for your selected symbology and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode to SELECT LENGTH 1 SET TING for your selected symbology.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Prog Mode.

Set Length 2

This feature allows you to set one of the barcode lengths for the specified symbology. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. See the page for the specific symbology for parameters.

The length that can be set varies depending on the symbology. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Go to the Set Length page for your selected symbology and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode to SELECT LENGTH 2 SET TING for your selected symbology.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure.

Data Editing

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Data Editing - 1
CAUTION

It is not recommended to use these features with IBM interfaces.

When a barcode is scanned, additional information can be sent to the host computer along with the barcode data. This combination of barcode data and supplementary user-defined data is called a “message string.” The Data Editing features can be used to build specific user-defined data into a message string.

There are several types of selectable data characters that can be sent before and after scanned data. You can specify if they should be sent with all symbologies, or only with specific symbologies. Figure 16 shows the available elements you can add to a message string:

Figure 16. Breakdown of a Message String
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Data Editing - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Label ID Transmission: Enable this option to transmit the Label ID you configure for the scanned symbology."] --> B["OR..."]
    C["Prefix"] --> D["Label ID"]
    E["AIM ID"] --> F["Bar Code Data"]
    G["Label ID"] --> H["Suffix"]
    I["AIM ID: This function is used to identify and display the common label identifier for its symbology. When enabled, this ID code will be transmitted before the scanned bar code data."] --> J["00 - 20 Characters (ASCII)"]

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Data Editing - 3

Additional advanced editing is available. See the Advanced formatting features in the Datalogic Aladdin configuration software, or contact Technical Support (described on page 10 for more information.

Please Keep In Mind...

- Modifying a message string is not a mandatory requirement. Data editing is a sophisticated feature allowing highly customizable output for advanced users. Factory default settings for data editing is typically set to NONE.

- A prefix or suffix may be applied only to a specified symbology (reference Code Selection, starting on page 107) or across all symbologies (set via the Global features in this chapter).

- You can add any character from the ASCII Chart (from 00-FF) on the inside back cover of this manual as a prefix, suffix or Label ID.

- Enter prefixes and suffixes in the order in which you want them to appear on the output.

Global Prefix/Suffix

Up to 20 ASCII characters may be added as a prefix (in a position before the barcode data) and/or as a suffix (in a position following the barcode data) as indicated in Figure 17.

Figure 17. Prefix and Suffix Positions
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global Prefix/Suffix - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["OR..."] --> B["Label ID"]
    B --> C["Bar Code Data"]
    C --> D["Label ID"]
    D --> E["Suffix"]
    F["Prefix"] --> G["00 - 20 Characters (ASCII)"]
    H["AND OR"] --> I["00 - 20 Characters (ASCII)"]

Example: Setting a Prefix

In this example, we'll set a prefix for all symbologies.

  1. Determine which ASCII character(s) are to be added to scanned barcode data. In this example, we'll add a dollar sign (\$') as a prefix.
  2. Go to page 78 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode.
  3. Scan the SET GLOBAL PREFIX barcode.
  4. Reference the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex value assigned to the desired character. The corresponding hex number for the '\$' character is 24. To enter this selection code, scan the '2' and '4' barcodes from Appendix D Keypad.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Example: Setting a Prefix - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. If less than the expected string of 20 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to terminate the string.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again to exit Programming Mode.
  3. The resulting message string would appear as follows:

Scanned barcode data:12345

Resulting message string output: \$12345

Global AIM ID

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 1

This feature enables/disables addition of AIM IDs for all symbology types.

AIM label identifiers (as opposed to custom characters you select yourself as with label identifiers) can be included with scanned barcode data. AIM label identifiers consist of three characters as follows:

  • A close brace character (ASCII ']), followed by...
    • A code character (see the table below), followed by...
  • A modifier character (the modifier character is symbol dependent).
SYMBOLOGY CHARSYMBOLOGY CHAR
UPC/EAN E^a Code 128/GS1-128 C
Code 39 and Code 32ADataBar Omnidirectional, DataBar Expandede
Codabar F Standard 2 of 5 S
Interleaved 2 of 5 I ISBN x^b
Code 93GCode 11H

a. UPC-A and UPC-E labels are converted to EAN 13 when adding AIM IDs.

b. ISBN (X with a 0 modifier character)

Figure 18. AIM ID
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Global AIM ID - 2

text_image Prefix Label ID AIM ID Bar Code Data Label ID Suffix

Label ID

A Label ID is a customizable code of up to three ASCII characters (each can be one of hex 0x01-0xFF), used to identify a barcode (symbology) type. It can be appended previous to or following the transmitted barcode data depending upon how this option is enabled. This feature provides options for configuring custom Label IDs as a pre-loaded set (see "Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets" below) or individually per symbology (see "Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology" on page 303). If you wish to program the reader to always include an industry standard label identifier for ALL symbology types, see "Global AIM ID" on page 79.

Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets

The reader supports two pre-loaded sets of Label IDs. Table 38 shows the USA and the EU sets.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 1
CAUTION

When changing from one Label ID set to another, all other reader configuration settings, including the host interface type, will be erased and set to the standard factory defaults. Any custom configuration or custom defaults will be lost.

Table 38. Label ID Pre-loaded Sets

Symbology USA Label IDset EU Label ID set
ASCII characterHexidecimal valueASCII characterHexidecimal value
ABC Codabar S 530000 S 530000
Anker Plessey o 6F0000 o 6F0000
CODABAR % 250000 R 520000
Codablock FI6C0000m6D0000
CODE11CE434500b620000
CODE128#230000T540000
CODE32A410000X580000
CODE39*2A0000V560000
CODE39 CIPY590000Y590000
CODE443400004340000
CODE5j6A0000j6A0000
CODE93&260000U550000
DATALOGIC 2OF5s730000s730000
EAN13F460000B420000
EAN13 P2F460000L4C0000
EAN13 P5F460000M4D0000
EAN13 P8F460000#230000
EAN8 FF 464600 A 410000
EAN8 P2 FF 464600 J 4A0000
EAN8 P5FF464600K4B0000
EAN8 P8 FF 464600 * 2A0000
FOLLETT 2OF5 O 4F0000 O 4F0000
GS1 DATABAR EXPANDEDRX525800t740000
GS1 DATABAR LIMITEDRL524C00v760000
GS1 DATABAR OMNIDIRECTIONALR4523400u750000
GS1-128000000k6B0000
GTING470000A244100
GTIN2G2473200B244200
GTIN5G5473500C244300
GTIN8G8473800D244400
IATAIA494100&260000
Industrial 2 of 5W570000W570000
Interleaved 2 of 5i690000N4E0000
Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HRe650000e650000
ISBNI490000@400000
ISBT128f660000f660000
ISSNn6E0000n6E0000
MSI@ 400000 Z 5A0000
Plesseya610000a610000
S25s730000P500000
UPCAA410000C430000
UPCA P2A410000F460000
UPCA P5A410000G470000
UPCA P8A410000Q510000

Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology

To configure a Label ID individually for a single symbology:

  1. Go to page 81 and scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode.
  2. Select Label ID position as either BEFORE (Enable as Prefix) or AFTER (Enable as suffix) by scanning the appropriate barcode in the section "Label ID Control" on page 82. Reference Figure 19 for Label ID positioning options if multiple identification features are enabled.
  3. Scan a barcode to select the symbology for which you wish to configure a custom Label ID from the section "Label ID Symbology Selection" on page 83.
  4. Determine the desired character(s) (you may choose up to three) which will represent the Label ID for the selected symbology.
  5. Turn to the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual and find the equivalent hex digits associated with your choice of Label ID. For example, if you wish to select an equal sign (=) as a Label ID, the chart indicates its associated hex characters as 3D. Turn to Keypad, starting on page 345 and scan the barcodes representing the hex characters determined. For the example given, the characters '3' and 'D' would be scanned. More examples of Label ID settings are provided in Table 39.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to exit Label ID entry.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the steps to configure a Label ID for a given symbology.

Figure 19. Label ID Position Options
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Device"] --> B["Prefix"]
    A --> C["Label ID"]
    A --> D["Aim ID"]
    A --> E["Bar Code Data"]
    A --> F["Label ID"]
    A --> G["Suffix"]
    B --> H["OR"]
    C --> H
    D --> H
    E --> H
    F --> H
    G --> H

Table 39. Label ID Examples
STEP ACTION EXAMPLES

1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode(Scanner enters Programming Mode)
2.Determine placement of the Label ID characters BEFORE or AFTER with regard to scanned data using Label ID Control, starting on page 82Enable as PrefixEnable as SuffixEnable as PrefixEnable as Suffix
3.Scan the barcode selecting the symbology type you wish to designate label ID characters for using Label ID Symbology Selection, starting on page 83.DataBar OmnidirectionalCode 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 Code 32
4.Custom Label ID example (desired characters):DB *=C3+PH
5.Find hex equivalents from the ASCII Chart (inside back cover), then scan in these digits/characters using the barcodes in the section:44 42 2A3D 43 332B50 48
6.Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode(Scanner exits Label ID entry)
7.Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again(Scanner exits Programming Mode)
Result:DB*[barcode data][barcode data]=C3+[barcode data][barcode data]PH

Character Conversion

Character conversion is an eight byte configuration item. The eight bytes are 4 character pairs represented in hexadecimal ASCII values. The first character in the pair is the character that will be converted. The second character in the pair is the character to convert to. If the character to convert in a pair is FF, then no conversion is done.

For example, if you have the character conversion configuration item set to the following: 41423132FFFFFFF

The first pair is 4142 or AB (41 hex is an ASCII capital A, 42 hex is an ASCII capital B) and the second pair is 3132 or 12 (31 hex is an ASCII 1, 32 is an ASCII 2). The other two pairs are FFFF and FFFF.

With the label, AB12BA21, it would look as follows after the character conversion: BB22BB22.

The A characters were converted to B characters and the 1 characters were converted to 2 characters. Nothing is done with the last two character pairs, since they are all FF.

To set Character Conversion:

  1. Go to page 90 and scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode.
  2. Scan the "Configure Character Conversion" barcode.
  3. Determine the desired string. Sixteen positions must be determined as in the above example. Next, turn to the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual and find the equivalent hex digits needed to fulfill the string.
  4. Turn to Appendix D Keypad and scan the barcodes representing the hex characters determined in the previous step.
  5. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to exit Programming Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Character Conversion - 1

If less than the expected string of 16 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode twice to accept the selections and exit Programming Mode.

Reading Parameters

Label Gone Timeout

This feature sets the time after the last label segment is seen before the reader prepares for a new label. The timeout can be set within a range of 10 milliseconds to 2,550 milliseconds (2.55 seconds) in 10ms increments. Label Gone Timeout does not apply to scan modes that require a trigger pull for each label that is read

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Go to page 93 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate three alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad representing the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Label Gone Timeout - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 40 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 40. Timeout Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting50ms 150ms1800ms (1.8 sec.)2550ms (2.55 sec.)
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes)005 015 180255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING
5Scan Three Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘5’‘0’, ‘1’ and ‘5’‘1’, ‘8’ and ‘0’‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Good Read LED Duration

This feature specifies the amount of time that the Good Read LED remains on following a good read. The good read LED on time can be set within a range of 10 milliseconds to 2,550 milliseconds (0.001 to 2.55 seconds) in 100ms increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds. A setting of 0 means that the good read LED stays on until the next time the trigger is pulled.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 100ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 000, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Go to page 100 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT GOOD READ LED DURATION SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad representing the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Good Read LED Duration - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 41 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 41. Good Read LED Duration Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingGood Read LED stays on until next trigger pull (00)20ms 150ms2550ms (2.55 sec.)
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes)000 002 015 255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING
5Scan Three Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘2’‘0’, ‘1’ and ‘5’‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Scanning Features

Scan Mode

This mode is associated with typical handheld reader operation. Selects the scan operating mode for the reader. The following selections are valid for all models:

Trigger Single. When the trigger is pulled, scanning is activated until one of the following occurs:

  • Scanning Active Time has elapsed
  • a label has been read
  • the trigger is released

Trigger Hold Multiple. When the trigger is pulled, scanning starts and the product scans until the trigger is released or Scanning Active Time has elapsed. Reading a label does not disable scanning. Double Read Timeout prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

Trigger Pulse Multiple. When the trigger is pulled, continuous scanning is activated until Scanning Active Time has elapsed or the trigger has been released and pulled again. Double Read Timeout prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

Flashing. The reader flashes ^1 on and off regardless of the trigger status. Flash rate is controlled by Flash On Time and Flash Off Time. When Flash is ON the imager reads continuously; when Flash is OFF scanning is deactivated.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scan Mode - 1

Always On. No trigger pull is required to read a barcode. Scanning is continually on. If the trigger is pulled, the reader acts as if it is in Trigger Single Mode. Double Read Timeout prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

The following two features are valid only for the Gryphon I (desk and mobile), but not the Gryphon Laser model. See "Laser Features" on page 281 for specific parameters for the Laser model.

Stand Mode. No trigger pull is required to read a barcode. Scanning is turned on automatically when an item is placed in the reader's field of view. If the trigger is pulled, the reader acts as if it in single read mode. Double Read Timeout prevents undesired multiple reads while in this mode.

Trigger Object Sense. This mode is similar to Stand Mode, except that a trigger pull is required to activate the decoder.

Scanning Active Time

This setting specifies the amount of time that the reader stays in scan ON state once the state is entered. The range for this setting is from 1 to 255 seconds in 1-second increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Go to page 104 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT SCANNING ACTIVE TIME SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Scanning Active Time - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 42 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 42. Scanning Active Time Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting1 Second90 Sec. (1.5 min.)180 Sec. (3 min.)255 Seconds (4.25 min.)
2 Pad leading zero(es)001 090 180 255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT SCANNING ACTIVE TIME SETTING
5Scan Three Characters FromAppendix D Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’, ‘9’ and ‘0’‘1’, ‘8’ and ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Flash On Time

This feature specifies the ON time for the indicator LED while in Flash Mode. The selectable range is 100 to 9,900 milliseconds (0.1 to 9.9 seconds), in 100 millisecond increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature.

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 100 (setting is in 100ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Go to page 105 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT FLASH ON TIME SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad representing the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Flash On Time - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 43 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 43. Flash On Time Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting500ms1,000ms (1 sec.)5200ms (5.2 sec.)9,900ms (9.9 sec.)
2Divide by 100 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits)05 10 52 99
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT FLASH OFF TIME SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘5’‘1’ and ‘0’‘5’ and ‘2’‘9’ and ‘9’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Flash Off Time

This feature specifies the OFF time for the indicator LED while in Flash Mode. The selectable range is 100 to 9,900 milliseconds (0.1 to 9.9 seconds), in 100 millisecond increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature.

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 100 (setting is in 100ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.

  3. Go to page 105 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT FLASH OFF TIME SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Flash Off Time - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 44 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 44. Flash Off Time Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting500ms1,000ms (1 sec.)5200ms (5.2 sec.)9,900ms (9.9 sec.)
2Divide by 100 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits)05 10 52 99
3Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT FLASH OFF TIME SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘5’‘1’ and ‘0’‘5’ and ‘2’‘9’ and ‘9’
6Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Display Settings

Display Mode

The user can control the reader display behavior according to the following selections:

Local Echo mode: When a barcode is read with the reader:

• The code is sent to the Host.
• The reader display is cleared.
- The code is also sent to the reader display (Local Echo).
- The cursor is positioned after the last printed character on the reader display.

Normal mode: When a barcode is read with the reader:

• The code is sent to the Host.
- The reader display is not cleared. Therefore if any previous data was displayed on the reader screen it remains.
- There is no Local Echo to the reader display.

Clear Display After Decode mode: When a barcode is read with the reader:

• The code is sent to the Host.
- The reader display is cleared. Therefore if any previous data was displayed on the reader screen it is cancelled and the screen remains blank.
- There is no Local Echo of the code to the reader display.

Host messages sent to the reader are always written to the reader display.

RF Features

Configuration Update

Automatic Configuration Update

When this feature is enabled, the base station and reader will keep their configurations synchronized. If a reader's configuration is altered by reading programming labels, this change is automatically transferred and updated in a linked base station. Likewise, if the base station's configuration is changed using Aladdin or by host commands, then the reader's configuration will automatically be updated if this feature is enabled.

RF Address Stamping

Source Radio Address Delimiter Character

This option specifies the delimiter character to be placed between the label data and radio address when address stamping is enabled.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character - 1

This feature only applies if "Source Radio Address Transmission" on page 269 is enabled.

Follow these instructions to select the delimiter character:

  1. Determine the desired character, then find its hexadecimal equivalent on the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover. A setting of 00 specifies no delimiter character.
  2. Go to page 269 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SET SOURCE RADIO ADDRESS DELIMITER CHARACTER.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the hexadecimal characters which were determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character - 2

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 45 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 45. Source Radio Address Delimiter Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingNo delimiter character, (comma) - (dash) / (slash)
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SET SOURCE RADIO ADDRESS DELIMITER CHARACTER
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘2’ and ‘C’‘2’ and ‘D’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

STAR Radio Protocol Timeout

This parameter sets the valid wait time before transmission between the handheld reader and Base Station is considered failed.

When setting this parameter, take into consideration the radio traffic (number of readers in the same area). The selectable range for this feature is from 02 to 25 seconds.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 2 = 02, 5 = 05, 25 = 25, etc
  3. Go to page 270 and scanScan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT RADIO PROTOCOL TIMEOUT.

  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - STAR Radio Protocol Timeout - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 46 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 46. Wedge Intercode Delay Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting2 Seconds5 Seconds10 Seconds25 Seconds
2 Pad with leading zero(es)02 05 10 25
3Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4Scan SELECT INTERCODE DELAY SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix D Keypad'0' and '2''0' and '5''1' and '0'
6Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

BT-Only Features

BT Pin Code

This option specifies the 4-character pin code to be used for authentication of the BT link. "BT Security Mode" on page 277 must first be enabled to require the pin code.

To set the pin code:

  1. Determine the desired character s. For example, D254.
  2. Convert the characters to hexadecimal using the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual. In the case of the example, the hexadecimal equivalents would be: D = 0x44, 2 = 0x32, 5 = 0x35, and 4 = 0x34

  3. Go to page 278 and scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT BT PIN CODE.

  5. Scan the appropriate alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix D Keypad, representing the hexadecimal entries which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Pin Code - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - BT Pin Code - 2

Changing the pin code setting will unlink the devices. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the default enabled setting, the devices must only be relinked. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the disabled setting, the Pin Code setting must also be updated in the Base Station using Aladdin. After the Base Station has been updated, the devices must be relinked.

This completes the procedure. See Table 47 for examples of how to set this feature.

Table 47. BT Pin Code Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting1234D2541359STOR
2Convert the characters to hexadecimal31 32 33 34 4432 35 34 31 3335 39 53 54 4F 52
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING
5Scan the Eight Alpha-Numeric Characters FromAppendix D Keypad31323334443235343133353953544F52
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

NOTES

Message Formatting

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Message Formatting - 1

Message Formatting is only available for the Gryphon™ Mobile model.

A message from the Host to the base must follow these rules:

  • If Address stamping options or address delimiter are enabled on the base, the Host replay must have address field and delimiter too. Otherwise the message will be ignored. Address delimiter is present only when address stamping is enabled.
  • Address stamping is necessary to correctly route the message to the Gryphon I, especially when more than one handheld is linked to the same base. Address stamping could be disabled if the system is in point to point configuration. If address stamping is not enabled, the messages are addressed to the first handheld linked to the base.
  • Messages end with "CR" 0x0D ASCII character . The CR character cannot be contained in the middle.
  • Messages cannot start with '\$' or # because these are reserved for Service mode command
  • Base station can receive host message only if Host Commands Obey/Ignore is set to Ignore.
  • Message could be sent to the HH in response to a Label when “Transmit mode” require Ack from Host (see transmit mode parameter) or at any time. When messages are sent not in response to a label must start with DC2 0x12 ASCII character and could be sent in any transmit mode setting.
  • Message could be sent to all HH linked to base by using a Multicast message: "00 00 00 00 2A AA"
  • In order to receive a message, handhelds must not be in sleep state.

The format of the ACK from Host message (used for transmission mode 02) is:

[Scanner_Addr] [Scanner_Addr_delimiter] MESSAGE

The format of a generic message From Host to HH is:

[Scanner_Addr] [Scanner_Addr_delimiter] DC2 MESSAGE

where DC2 is ASCII 0x12 (^R) character.

[Items in square brackets are optional.]

- If you want to control the Scanner's beeper from the host, you will also probably want to disable the good transmission beep that is emitted when the code is received from the cradle. (See Wireless Beeper Features on page 258).

The message field can store plain text and escape sequences.

  • Escape sequences are interpreted as commands.
  • Plain text is directly printed on the display. If writing beyond the end of line, the display does not wrap automatically. Extra characters are ignored. Control characters are not interpreted (i.e. LF, FF, etc.).

Cursor Control

ESC[nA Up n rows, no scroll

ESC[nB Down n rows, no scroll

ESC[nC Right n columns

ESC [nD Left n columns

ESC [G] CR

ESC[r;cH Move to row r, column c (ESC[1;1H is the upper left character position of the display)

ESC D Down 1 row, with scroll

ESC E CR and cursor down 1 row with scroll

ESC M Up 1 row and scroll

NOTES:

  • Since CR is used as the message terminator, you must use ESC [ G or ESC E to print a CR.
  • The cursor row position is not affected by the currently selected font. The display always has 4 rows, so when writing with the large font, actually two rows are written to: the current one and the one below it. You will need two ESC E commands to step from one row to the next when using the large font.
  • The cursor column position is affected by the currently selected font. Therefore, column 6 is 36 pixels from the left border only if you last selected the 6x8 font; otherwise it could be 48 or 72 pixels from the left border.

Font Selection

ESC [0 m Normal mode

ESC [7 m] Reverse mode

ESC # 4 Large font: subsequent characters are written on the current row and the row below it using the 12x16 font which allows for two rows of eight characters on the display.

ESC # 5 Normal font: subsequent characters are written using the 6x8 font, which allows for four rows of sixteen characters on the display.

ESC # 7 Medium font: subsequent characters are written using the 8x8 font, which allows for 4 rows of 12 characters on the display.

Clearing Display

ESC [0 KFrom cursor position to end of line inclusive
ESC [1 KFrom beginning of line to cursor position (not inclusive)
ESC [2 KEntire line
ESC [0 JFrom cursor position to end of display inclusive
ESC [1 JFrom beginning of display to cursor position (not inclusive)
ESC [2 JEntire display; moves cursor to upper left corner on display

LED and Beeper Control

ESC[0 qEmit short High tone + short delay
ESC[1 qEmit short Low tone + short delay
ESC[2 qEmit long Low tone + short delay
ESC[3 qEmit good read tone
ESC[4 qEmit bad tx tone
ESC[5 qWait 100 ms
ESC[6 qTurn on the green LED
ESC[7 qTurn off the green LED
ESC[8 qTurn on the green spot
ESC[9 qTurn off the green spot
ESC[0 rBeep for Find me function (new)
ESC[1 rPower-off (new)

The LED control escape sequences are intended to activate the LEDs for short periods of time and can be used in combination with the Beeper. The LED and Beeper will be controlled by the system after the entire command sequence is interpreted.

Example:

ESC [ 6 q ESC [ 3 q ESC [ 7 qTurns on the green LED, emits a good read tone, and turns off the green LED.
ESC [ 6 q ESC [ 5 q ESC [ 7 qTurns on the green LED for 100 ms and then turns off the green LED.

Messages from Scanner Command Keys

The Gryphon ^™ I series scanners with display have 3 command keys that can each be associated with a character to send to the host.

By pressing the keys on the scanner, the associated character with its relative message formatting is sent to the Host. For example, keys can be used to select items from a menu sent to the scanner display by the application program.

The messages are handled by the system as if they were barcodes, that's why KeyID can have so many fields appended to it. If in your application there is some chance of reading a 1-char barcode identical to KeyID, the way you can distinguish between the two is to enable the Code ID: The KeyID is the only 1-character long EAN 8 code.

The default characters associated with each key (KeyID) are shown in the following table:

(left) Key '<'
(center) Key '='
(right) Key '>'

Appendix A

Technical Specifications

Table 48 contains Physical and Performance Characteristics, User Environment and Regulatory information. Table 49 provides Standard Cable Pinouts.

Table 48. Technical Specifications

Item Description
Physical Characteristics
Color White/GrayGray/Gray
Dimensions Height 7.1"/181 mmLength 3.9"/100 mmWidth 2.8"/71 mm
Weight (without cable) GD 41x0/GD4300: Approximately 6.0 ounces/169 gGM4100/GBT4100: Approximately 8.7 ounces/246 gBC40x0: Approximately 8.7 ounces/246 gBC40x0-CF: Approximately 10.1 ounces/290 g
Electrical Characteristics
Voltage & CurrentGD4130 model:5V±5% Input range. 1.9W max.360 mA (max) at 5V2.5 mA RS-232 sleep mode/ USB suspendGD4110 model:4.5÷14V Input range. Power 1.8W max.340 mA (max) at 5V.2.5 mA (RS-232 sleep mode / USB suspend)BC40x0 base:4.75-14V; Input range. Power 8W max^a ;Imax 500mA when in host/bus powered mode^a .GD4330 model:Input current at 5V±5% = 260 mA (max)2.5 mA (USB suspend)Standby (typical) <= 30mAGD4310 model:Input Power =1.2W max in the 4.5÷14V range2.5 mA (USB suspend)Standby (typical): 30mA @5V (90mA @5V for IBM46xx)BC40x0-CF base:10-14V; Input range. Power 8W max^a ;Imax 800mA .
Battery Type Li-Ion battery pack
Charge time for full charge from full discharge4 hours with external power supply adapter^b
Max 22h hours with Host power(In this case no supply adapter is needed) ^b
ItemDescription
Operating autonomy(continuous reading)GM4100: 50,000 reads (typical)GBT4100: 30,000 reads (typical)
Performance Characteristics GD41x0 model: GD43x0 model:
Light Source Dual LEDs 650nm Class 2 Laser
Roll (Tilt) Tolerance ± 35° from normal
Pitch Tolerance GD 41x0/GM4100/GBT4100: ± 65°GD4300: ± 50°
Skew (Yaw) Tolerance ± 65°
Field of View 10" (25.4cm) wide at 12.5" (31.8cm)from the readerScan Angle: 47° (normal) or 35° (narrow)
Depth of Field (Typical) C (3 mil - 2.9" to 4.7" (7.5cm to 12cm)13 mil C - 1.2" to 23.6" (3cm to 60cm)20 mil - 1.2" to 31.5" (3cm to 80cm)5 mil - 1.4" to 6.22" (3,6cm to 15,8cm)13 milC - 0.87" to 18.7" (2,2cm to 47,5cm)20 mil - up to 27.1" (to 69cm)
Minimum Element Width 3 mil 4 mil
Print Contrast Minimum 15% minimum reflectance
Decode CapabilityUPC/EAN/JAN, P2 /P5, ISBN/ISSN; Code 39, Code39 FullASCII; Italian Pharmacode 39, Code39 CIP; Code 128, GS1-128; C128 ISBT; Code 128 addons;l 2 of 5; Standard 2 of 5; l 2 of 5 CIP HR; Industrial 2 of 5; IATA; Datalogic 2 of 5; Follet 2 of 5; Code 11; Plessey, Anker Plessey; Codabar, ABC Codabar ; Code 93; MSI; GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBarTM Limited, GS1 Data-BarTM Expanded; Code 4, Code 5; Codablock F, Codablock F EAN;
Interfaces SupporteddRS-232 Std, RS-232 Wincor-Nixdorf, RS-232 OPOS, IBM 46xx (ports 5B and 9B), USB Com Std., USB Keyboard, USB Alternate Keyboard,USB OEM, Keyboard Wedge (AT with or w/o Alternate Key, IBM AT PS2 with or w/o Alternate Key, PC-XT, IBM 3153, IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx,34xx, 37xx make only and make break keyboard, Digital Terminals VT2x, VT3xx, VT4xx, and Apple) and Wand Emulation.
User Environment
Operating TemperatureGD 41x0: 32° to 131° F (0° to 55°C)GM4100/GBT4100/GD4300: 32° to 122° F (0° to 50°C)
Charging Temperature32° to 104° F (0° to 40°C)
Storage Temperature-4° to 158° F (-20° to 70°C)
HumidityOperating: 5% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing
Drop Specifications18 drops from 1.8 meters (5.9 feet) to concrete
Ambient Light ImmunityUp to 100,000 Lux
Contaminants Spray/Rain/Dust/ParticulatesIP52
ESD Level16 KV
ItemDescription
Regulatory
Electrical SafetySee the Quick Reference Guide for each specific product for details.
EMI/RFI
Laser Safety
LED class safety

a. Typical input current measured under factory default configuration.
b. Charge Times are much lower when battery is within daily typical operating condition.
c. 13 mils DOF based on EAN. All others are C ode 39. All labels grade A, typical environmental light, 20°C, label inclination 10°
d. See "Interface Selection" on page 28 for a listing of available interface sets by model type.

Radio FeaturesModel
433MHz model 910 Mhz BT
Working Center Frequency433.920 MHz910.000 MHz2400 to 2483.5 MHz
Range (in open air) 30 m 15 m 30 m
Max. number of devices per base station 16 16 1

Standard Cable Pinouts

Figure 20 and Table 49 provide standard pinout information for the Base Station's interface cable.
Figure 20. Standard Cable Pinouts
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard Cable Pinouts - 1

text_image Bottom of Scanner Pin 10 Pin 1 Interface Cable Port Cable Strain Relief To Host Cable Clip (Latch) Cable

The signal descriptions in Table 49 apply to the connector on the reader and are for reference only.

Table 49. Standard Cable Pinouts — Reader Side

PinRS-232OEMUSBKeyboard Wedge
1 RTS (out)
2 D+CLKIN (KBD side)
3 D-DATAIN (KBD side)
4 GNDGND GND GND
5 RX
6 TX
7VCCVCCVCCVCC
8IBM_BCLKOUT (PC side)
9IBM_ADATAOUT (PC side)
10CTS (in)

LED and Beeper Indications

The reader's beeper sounds and its LED illuminates to indicate various functions or errors on the reader. An optional “Green Spot” also performs useful functions. The tables below list these indications. One exception to the behaviors listed in the tables is that the reader's functions are programmable, and may or may not be turned on. For example, certain indications such as the power-up beep can be disabled using programming barcode labels.

Table 50. LED and Beeper Indications

INDICATION DESCRIPTION LED BEEPER
Power-up Beep The reader is in the process of power-ing-up.Reader beeps four times at highest frequency and volume upon power-up.
Good Read Beep A label has been successfully scanned by the reader.LED behavior for this indication is configurable via the feature "Good Read: When to Indicate"The reader will beep once at current frequency, volume, mono/bi-tonal setting and duration upon a successful label scan.
ROM Failure There is an error in the reader's software/programmingFlashesReader sounds one error beep at highest volume.
Limited Scanning Label ReadIndicates that a host connection is not established when the IBM or USB interface is enabled.N/AReader 'chirps' six times at the highest frequency and current volume.
Reader Active ModeThe reader is active and ready to scan.The LED is lit steadilyaN/A
Reader DisabledThe reader has been disabled by the host.The LED blinks continuouslyN/A
Green Spot is on continuouslyWhile in Stand Mode or Trigger Stand Mode the green spot shall be on while in stand watch state.N/A N/A
Green Spota flashes momentarilyUpon successful read of a label, the software shall turn the green spot on for the time specified by the configured value.N/A N/A

a. Except when in sleep mode or when a Good Read LED Duration other than 00 is selected

Table 51. Programming Mode Indications

Programming Mode - The following indications ONLY occur when the reader is in Programming Mode.
Label Programming Mode EntryA valid programming label has been scanned.LED blinks continuouslyReader sounds four low frequency beeps.
Label Programming Mode Rejection of LabelA label has been rejected.N/AReader sounds three times at lowest frequency & current volume.
Label Programming Mode Acceptance of Partial LabelIn cases where multiple labels must be scanned to program one feature, this indication acknowledges each portion as it is successfully scanned.N/AReader sounds one short beep at highest frequency & current volume.
Label Programming Mode Acceptance of ProgrammingConfiguration option(s) have been successfully programmed via labels and the reader has exited Programming Mode.N/AReader sounds one high frequency beep and 4 low frequency beeps followed by reset beeps.
Label Programming Mode Cancel Item EntryCancel label has been scanned.N/AReader sounds two times at low frequency and current volume.

Error Codes

Upon startup, if the reader sounds a long tone, this means the reader has not passed its automatic Selftest and has entered FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) isolation mode. If the reader is reset, the sequence will be repeated. The following table describes the LED flashes/beep codes associated with an error found.

NUMBER OF LED FLASHES/BEEPSERROR CORRECTIVEACTION
1 ConfigurationContact Helpdesk for assistance
2 Interface PCB
4 Reader Module
5 Laser Pointer (if so equipped)
6 Digital PCB
14 CPLD/Code Mismatch

Base Station Indications

INDICATION LEDS
Power-up Complete Yellow LED on
Reader Disabled by the HOST or the communication with HOST is not establishedYellow LED blinking ~1Hz
Data/labels are transmitted to the HOSTYellow LEDs turned off for 100mSec
Programming Mode Yellow LED blinks quickly
Base and handheld are exchanging data Red LED blinks quickly
Battery charging in progress Red LED on
Battery charging complete Green LED on
Battery charger error Green LED and Red LEDs blink alternatively ~1Hz
No handheld is placed on the cradle Red and Green LEDs off

NOTES

Appendix B

Standard Defaults

The most common configuration settings are listed in the "Default" column of the table below. Page references are also provided for feature descriptions and programming barcodes for each parameter. A column has also been provided for recording of your preferred default settings for these same configurable features.

Table 52. Standard Defaults

Parameter Default Your SettingPage Number
GLOBAL INTERFACE FEATURES
Host Commands — Obey/Ignore 39
USB Suspend Mode 39
RS-232 ONLY
Baud Rate960042
Data Bits8 Data Bits43
Stop Bits1 Stop Bit43
ParityNone44
Handshaking ControlDisable45
RS-232/USB-COM
Intercharacter DelayNo Delay47
Beep On ASCII BELDisable47
Beep On Not on FileEnable48
ACK Character'ACK'50
NAK Character'NAK'50
ACK NAK Timeout Value600 ms51
ACK NAK Retry Count3 Retries51
ACK NAK Error HandlingIgnore Errors Detected52
Indicate Transmission FailureEnable52
Disable Character‘D’53
Enable Character‘E’53
KEYBOARD WEDGE
Country ModeU.S. Keyboard56
Caps Lock StateCaps Lock OFF58
NumlockNumlock Key Unchanged59
Send Control CharactersDisable60
Wedge Quiet Interval100 ms61
Intercharacter DelayNo Delay62
Intercode Delay100 ms63
USB Keyboard Speed1 ms64
USB-OEM
USB-OEM Device UsageHandheld Scanner68
Interface OptionsIgnore Host Configuration Commands68
IBM 46xx
46xx Number of Host Resets670
Transmit Labels in Code 39 FormatIBM Standard Format72
Interface OptionsIgnore Scanner Configuration Host Commands72
WAND EMULATION
Wand Signal Speed660 ms74
Wand PolarityQuiet Zones & Spaces High, Bars Low74
Wand Idle StateHigh75
Transmit NoiseDisable75
Label Symbology ConversionNo conversion76
DATA FORMAT
Global Prefix/SuffixNo Global Prefix Global Suffix = 0x0D (CR)78
Global AIM IDDisable79
GS1-128 AIM IDEnable80
Label ID: Pre-loaded SetsUSA Set81
Label ID ControlDisable82
Set Global Mid Label ID CharactersNo Mid Label ID Character89
Case ConversionDisable90
Character ConversionNo Char Conversion90
READING PARAMETERS
Double Read Timeout0.4 Second91
Label Gone Timeout160 ms93
Sleep Mode TimeoutDisable94
Power On Alert4 Beeps96
Good Read: When to IndicateAfter Decode96
Good Read Beep TypeMono97
Good Read Beep FrequencyMedium97
Good Read Beep Length80 ms98
Good Read Beep VolumeHigh99
Good Read LED DurationLED on until next trigger pull100
Scan ModeTrigger Single101
Stand Mode Triggered Timeout0.5 second102
Stand DetectionSwitch to Stand mode103
Stand Mode SensitivityMedium104
Scanning Active Time5 Seconds104
Flash On Time1 Second105
Flash Off Time600 ms105
Green Spot Duration300 ms106
CODE SELECTION
Coupon ControlEnable UPCA coupon decoding109
UPC-A
UPC-A Enable/DisableEnable110
UPC-A Check Character TransmissionEnable110
Expand UPC-A to EAN-13Don't Expand111
UPC-A Number System Character TransmissionTransmit111
UPC-A Minimum Reads1112
UPC-E
UPC-E Enable/DisableEnable113
UPC-E Check Character TransmissionSend113
Expand UPC-E to EAN-13Don't Expand114
Expand UPC-E to UPC-ADon't Expand114
UPC-E Number System Character TransmissionTransmit115
UPC-E Minimum Reads2115
GTIN
GTIN FormattingDisable116
EAN 13 (Jan 13)
EAN 13 Enable/DisableEnable117
EAN 13 Check Character TransmissionSend117
EAN-13 Flag 1 CharacterTransmit118
EAN-13 ISBN ConversionDisable118
EAN 13 Minimum Reads1119
ISSN
ISSN Enable/DisableDisable120
EAN 8
EAN 8 Enable/DisableEnable121
EAN 8 Check Character TransmissionSend121
Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13Disable122
EAN 8 Minimum Reads1122
UPC/EAN Global Settings
UPC/EAN Decoding Level3123
UPC/EAN CorrelationDisable124
UPC/EAN Price Weight CheckDisable124
In-Store Minimum Reads2125
Add-Ons
Optional Add-onsDisable P2, P5 and P8126
Optional Add-On Timer70 ms127
Optional GS1-128 Add-On TimerDisable130
P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads2133
P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads1134
GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads1135
Code 39
Code 39 Enable/DisableEnable136
Code 39 Check Character CalculationCalculate136
Code 39 Check Character TransmissionSend137
Code 39 Start/Stop Character TransmissionDon’t Transmit138
Code 39 Full ASCIIDisable138
Code 39 Quiet ZonesAuto139
Code 39 Minimum Reads2140
Code 39 Decoding Level3141
Code 39 Length ControlVariable142
Code 39 Set Length 12143
Code 39 Set Length 250144
Code 39 Interdigit Ratio4145
Code 39 Character CorrelationDisable147
Code 39 StitchingEnable147
Code 32 (Italian Pharmaceutical Code)
Code 32 Enable/DisableDisable148
Code 32 Feature Setting ExceptionsN/A148
Code 32 Check Char TransmissionDon’t Send149
Code 32 Start/Stop Character TransmissionDon’t Transmit149
Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical Code)
Code 39 CIP Enable/DisableDisable148
Code 128
Code 128 Enable/DisableEnable151
Parameter Default Your SettingPage Number
Expand Code 128 to Code 39Don't Expand151
Code 128 Check Character TransmissionSend152
Code 128 Function Character TransmissionDon't Send152
Code 128 Sub-Code Change TransmissionDisable153
Code 128 Quiet ZonesAuto154
Code 128 Minimum Reads1155
Code 128 Decoding Level3156
Code 128 Length ControlVariable157
Code 128 Set Length 11158
Code 128 Set Length 280159
Code 128 Character CorrelationDisable160
Code 128 StitchingEnable160
GS1-128
GS1-128 EnableTransmit in Code 128 Data Format161
ISBT 128
ISBT 128 ConcatenationDisable162
ISBT 128 Force ConcatenationDisable162
ISBT 128 Concatenation ModeStatic163
ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout200 msec164
ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation OptionsDisable164
Codablock F
Codablock F Enable/DisableDisable165
Codablock F EAN Enable/DisableDisable165
Codablock F AIM CheckEnable check C166
Codablock F Length ControlVariable166
Codablock F Set Length 13 characters167
Codablock F Set Length 2100 characters168
Interleaved 2 of 5
I 2 of 5 Enable/DisableEnable169
I 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable169
I 2 of 5 Check Character TransmissionSend170
Parameter Default Your SettingPage Number
1 2 of 5 Minimum Reads2192
2 of 5 Decoding Level3192
1 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable173
1 2 of 5 Set Length 112174
1 2 of 5 Set Length 2100175
1 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable176
1 2 of 5 StitchingDisable176
Follett 2 of 5
Follett 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable177
Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR
Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/DisableDisable177
Standard 2 of 5
Standard 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable178
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable178
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character TransmissionSend179
Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads2179
Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level3180
Standard 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable180
Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 18181
Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 250182
Standard 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable183
Standard 2 of 5 StitchingDisable183
Industrial 2 of 5
Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable184
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable184
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character TransmissionEnable185
Industrial 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable185
Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 11186
Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 250187
Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads1188
Industrial 2 of 5 StitchingDisable188
Industrial 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable189
Code IATA
IATA Enable/DisableDisable190
IATA Check Character TransmissionEnable190
Datalogic 2 of 5
Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable191
Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable191
Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads2192
Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level3192
Datalogic 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable193
Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 16 characters194
Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 250195
Datalogic 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable196
Datalogic 2 of 5 StitchingDisable196
Codabar
Codabar Enable/DisableDisable197
Codabar Check Character CalculationDon't Calculate197
Codabar Check Character TransmissionSend198
Codabar Start/Stop Character TransmissionTransmit198
Codabar Start/Stop Character Setabcd/abcd199
Codabar Start/Stop Character MatchDon't Require Match199
Codabar Quiet ZonesAuto200
Codabar Minimum Reads2201
Codabar Decoding Level3202
Codabar Length ControlVariable202
Codabar Set Length 13204
Codabar Set Length 250205
Codabar Interdigit Ratio4206
Codabar Character CorrelationDisable208
Codabar StitchingDisable208
ABC Codabar
ABC Codabar Enable/DisableDisable209
ABC Codabar Concatenation ModeStatic209
ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout200 msec210
ABC Codabar Force ConcatenationDisable211
Code 11
Code 11 Enable/DisableDisable212
Code 11 Check Character CalculationCheck C and K212
Code 11 Check Character TransmissionSend213
Code 11 Minimum Reads2213
Code 11 Length ControlVariable214
Code 11 Set Length 14215
Code 11 Set Length 250216
Code 11 Interdigit Ratio4217
Code 11 Decoding Level3219
Code 11 Character CorrelationDisable220
Code 11 StitchingDisable220
GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional
GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional Enable/DisableDisable221
GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional GS1-128 EmulationDisable221
GS1 DataBarTM Omnidirectional Minimum Reads1222
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Enable/DisableDisable223
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded GS1-128 EmulationDisable223
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Minimum Reads1224
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Length ControlVariable224
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Set Length 11225
GS1 DataBarTM Expanded Set Length 274226
GS1 DataBarTM Limited
GS1 DataBarTM Limited Enable/DisableDisable227
GS1 DataBarTM Limited GS1-128 EmulationDisable227
GS1 DataBarTM Limited Minimum Reads1228
Code 93
Code 93 Enable/DisableDisable229
Code 93 Check Character CalculationEnable Check C and K229
Code 93 Check Character TransmissionEnable230
Code 93 Length ControlVariable230
Code 93 Set Length 11231
Code 93 Set Length 250232
Code 93 Minimum Reads1233
Code 93 Decoding Level3234
Code 93 Quiet ZonesAuto235
Code 93 StitchingEnable236
Code 93 Character CorrelationEnable236
MSI
MSI Enable/DisableDisable237
MSI Check Character CalculationEnable Mod10237
MSI Check Character TransmissionEnable238
MSI Length ControlVariable239
MSI Set Length 11239
MSI Set Length 250240
MSI Minimum Reads4241
MSI Decoding Level3242
MSI StitchingDisable243
MSI Character CorrelationDisable243
Plessey
Plessey Enable/DisableDisable244
Plessey Check Character CalculationEnable Plessey std. check char. verification245
Plessey Check Character TransmissionEnable245
Plessey Length ControlVariable246
Plessey Set Length 11247
Plessey Set Length 250248
Plessey Minimum Reads4249
Plessey Decoding Level3250
Plessey StitchingDisable251
Plessey Character CorrelationDisable251
Code 4
Code 4 Enable/DisableDisable252
Code 4 Check Character TransmissionSend252
Code 4 Hex to Decimal ConversionEnable253
Code 5
Code 5 Enable/DisableDisable253
Code 5 Check Character TransmissionSend254
Code 5 Hex to Decimal ConversionEnable254
Code 4 and 5 Common Configuration Items
Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level3255
Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads1256
WIRELESS FEATURES
Good Transmission BeepEnable258
Beep FrequencyLow258
Beep Duration80 msec259
Beep VolumeHigh260
Disconnect BeepEnable260
Base Station BeepEnable261
Leash AlarmDisable261
Automatic Configuration UpdateEnable263
Automatic Flash UpdateDisable264
Powerdown Timeout60 minutes (1 hour)265
Batch ModeDisable267
RF Batch Mode Transmit DelayNo Delay268
Source Radio Address TransmissionDo not include269
Source Radio Address Delimiter CharacterEnable269
Features for Star Models Only
STAR Radio Protocol Timeout2 seconds270
STAR Radio Transmit ModeACK from cradle270
Display (STAR model only)
- Contrast 272
- Font SizeSmall272
- BacklightOff273
- Display ModeLocal Echo mode273
- Display TimeoutDisable274
Keypad Select3C3D3E276
Features for BT Models Only
BT Security ModeDisable277
BT Pin Code31323334 =Default Pin Code is 1234278
BT Poll Rate20 ms279
LASER FEATURES
Laser Scan Angle47 degrees282
Laser Idle ModeDisable282
Bi-Directional Read DecodingEnable283
Always On Scan Mode Timeout5 Hours284

The sample barcodes in this appendix are typical representations for their symbology types.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard Defaults - 1

text_image 0 12345 67890 5 UPC-A

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard Defaults - 2

text_image 3 456789 012340 EAN-13

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard Defaults - 3

text_image 123ABC Code 39

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard Defaults - 4

text_image 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234 Code 128

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Standard Defaults - 5

text_image 12345678901231 Interleaved 2 of 5

Sample Barcodes — continued

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Sample Barcodes — continued - 1

GS1 DataBar™ (RSS)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ (RSS) - 1

GS1 DataBar™ variants must be enabled to read the barcodes below (see GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional on page 221).

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ (RSS) - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a horizontal bar at the bottom

10293847560192837465019283746029478450366523

(GS1 DataBar™ Expanded Stacked)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ (RSS) - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

1234890hjio9900mnb

(GS1 DataBar™ Expanded)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™ (RSS) - 4

08672345650916

(GS1 DataBar™ Limited)

GS1 DataBar™-14

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™-14 - 1

55432198673467

(GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Truncated)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™-14 - 2

78123465709811

(GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Stacked)

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - GS1 DataBar™-14 - 3

90876523412674

(GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional Stacked)

NOTES

Appendix D Keypad

Use the barcodes in this appendix to enter numbers as you would select digits/characters from a keypad.

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 1
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 2
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 3
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 4
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 5
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 6

Keypad

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 7
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 8
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 9
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 10
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 11
DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Appendix D Keypad - 12

NOTES

Appendix E

Scancode Tables

Control Character Emulation

Control character emulation selects from different scancode tables as listed in this appendix. Each of the control character sets below are detailed by interface type in the tables. These apply to Wedge and USB Keyboard platforms.

Control Character 00. Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Keys, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 01. Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Capital Key, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 02. Special keys are located from 00 to 0x1F and characters from 0x80 to 0xFE are intended as an extended ASCII table (Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 — See page -356.)

Single Press and Release Keys

In the following tables, Ar↓ means Alt right pressed and Ar↑ means Alt right released and so on. Definitions for other keys are Al (Alt left), Cr (Control Right) Cl (Control Left) Sh (shift). This method can be used for combining Alt, Control or Shift with other keys.

Example: Consider a Control character set to 00. If AltRight+A is required before sending a label to the host, it could be done by setting three Prefix keys in this way: 0x99 0x41 0x9A.

Interface Type PC AT PS/2, USB-Keyboard or USB-Keyboard for APPLE

Table 53. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

Extended characters (sky blue) are sent through dedicated keys (when available in the selected country mode) or by using an Alt Mode sequence.

Interface Type PC AT PS/2, USB-Keyboard or USB-Keyboard for APPLE — cont.

Table 54. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

x0x1x2x3x4x5X6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al ↑Cl ↓Cl ↑Cr ↓Cr ↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnter InsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!"#S%&'()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<->?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ|\|^_
6x`abcdefghijklmno
7xpqrstuvwxyz{|}~Del
8x €='f"...^Š<Š<Œ
9x''""-^TM§>œžŸ
AxNBSP¡¢£ɔ¥|§"©"«--®-
Bx°±??'μ..'°»1⁄21⁄23⁄4¿
CxÀÁÂÃÃÂÆÇÊÊÊÊìÍÎÏ
DxĐ-ÔÓÔÔÕ×ÙÙÛÛŸþß
Exàáâããàœçééêëìíîï
Fxðñòóôôô:øùúùùÿþÿ

Interface type PC AT PS/2 Alt Mode or USB-Keyboard Alt Mode

Table 55. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 X6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE Xf
0xAlt+000Alt+001Alt+002Alt+003Alt+004Alt+005Alt+006Alt+007BSHT TABAlt+010Alt+011 Alt+012CR EnterAlt+014 Alt+015
1xAlt+016Alt+017Alt+018Alt+019Alt+020Alt+021Alt+022Alt+023Alt+024Alt+025Alt+026ESC EscAlt+028 Alt+029 Alt+030 Alt+031
2xA+032A+033A+034A+035A+036A+037A+038A+039A+040A+041A+042A+043A+044A+045A+046A+047
3xA+048A+049A+050A+051A+052A+053A+054A+055A+056A+057A+058A+059A+060A+061A+062A+063
4xA+064A+065A+066A+067A+068A+069A+070A+071A+072A+073A+074A+075A+076A+077A+078A+079
5xA+080A+081A+082A+083A+084A+085A+086A+087A+088A+089A+090A+091A+092A+093A+094A+095
6xA+096A+097A+098A+099A+100A+101A+102A+103A+104A+105A+106A+107A+108A+109A+110A+111
7xA+112A+113A+114A+115A+116A+117A+118A+119A+120A+121A+122A+123A+124A+125A+126A+127
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12HomeEndPg UpPg DwnAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓
AxCr↑A+0161A-0162A+0163A+0164A+0165A+0166A+0167A+0168A-0169A+0170A+0171A+0172A+0173A+0174A+0175
BxA-0176A+0177A+0178A+0179A+0180A+0181A+0182A+0183A+0184A+0185A+0186A+0187A-0188A+0189A+0190A+0191
CxA+0192A+0193A+0194A+0195A-0196A+0197A+0198A+0199A+0200A+0201A+0202A+0203A+0204A+0205A+0206A+0207
DxA+0208A+0209A+0210A+0211A-0212A+0213A+0214A+0215A+0216A+0217A+0218A+0219A+0220A+0221A-0222A+0223
ExA-0224A+0225A+0226A+0227A+0228A+0229A+0230A+0231A+0232A+0233A+0234A+0235A+0236A+0237A+0238A+0239
FxA-0240A+0241A+0242A-0243A+0244A+0245A+0246A-0247A+0248A+0249A-0250A+0251A+052A+0253A+0254A+0255

Interface type PC AT PS/2 Alt Mode or USB-Keyboard Alt Mode — cont.

Table 56. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al ↑Cl ↓Cl ↑Cr ↓Cr ↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xA+032A+033A+034A+035A+036A+037A+038A-039A+040A+041A+042A+043A+044A-045A+046A+047
3xA+048A+049A+050A+051A+052A+053A+054A-055A+056A+057A+058A+059A+060A-061A+062A+063
4xA+064A+065A+066A+067A+068A+069A+070A-071A+072A+073A+074A+075A+076A-077A+078A+079
5xA-080A+081A+082A-083A-084A+085A+086A-087A+088A+089A+090A+091A+092A-093A+094A+095
6xA-096A+097A+098A-099A-100A+101A+102A-103A+104A+105A+106A+107A+108A-109A+110A+111
7xA-112A+113A+114A-115A+116A+117A+118A-119A+120A+121A+122A+123A+124A-125A+126A+127
8xA+0128A-0129A+0130A+0131A-0132A-0133A+0134A+0135A-0136A+0137A+0138A+0139A+0140A+0141A+0142A-0143
9xA+0144A-0145A+0146A+0147A-0148A-0149A+0150A+0151A-0152A+0153A+0154A+0155A+0156A+0157A+0158A-0159
AxA+0160A+0161A-0162A+0163A+0164A+0165A-0166A+0167A+0168A-0169A+0170A+0171A-0172A-0173A+0174A+0175
BxA+0176A+0177A-0178A+0179A+0180A+0181A-0182A+0183A+0184A-0185A+0186A+0187A-0188A-0189A+0190A+0191
CxA-0192A+0193A+0194A+0195A+0196A-0197A+0198A+0199A-0200A+0201A+0202A+0203A+0204A+0205A+0206A-0207
DxA-0208A+0209A+0210A+0211A+0212A+0213A+0214A+0215A-0216A+0217A+0218A+0219A+0220A+0221A+0222A-0223
ExA+0224A+0225A-0226A+0227A+0228A+0229A+0230A+0231A+0232A-0233A+0234A+0235A-0236A-0237A+0238A+0239
FxA+0240A-0241A+0242A+0243A+0244A+0245A-0246A+0247A+0248A-0249A+0250A+0251A+052A-0253A+0254A+0255

Digital Interface

Table 57. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULLC+@SOHC(S)+ASTXC(S)+BETXC(S)+CEOTC+DENQC(S)+EACKC(S)+FBELC(S)+GBSHTTABLFC(S)+JVTC(S)+KFFC(S)+LCREnterSOC(S)+NSIC(S)+O
1xDLEC(S)+PDC1C(S)+QDC2C(S)+RDC3C(S)+SDC4C(S)+TNAKC(S)+USYNC(S)+VETBC(S)+WCANC(S)+XEMC(S)+YSUBC(S)+ZESCEscFSC(S)+\GSC+]RSC(S)+^USC(S)+_
2xSpace!#S%&()*+,-./
3x 02 3 4 5 6 78 9 :;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x 'ab c d e f g h ij k l m n o
7xpqrstuvwxyz{|}~Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12F13F14F15F16Cl ↓Cl ↑

Table 58. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xCl ↓Cl ↑BSTabàS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterIns
1xF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!#S%&*()*+,-./
3x0123456789;;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x a b c d e f g h ij k l m n o
7xpqrstuvwxyz{|}~Del

IBM31xx 102-key

Table 59. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULLC+@SOHC(S)+ASTXC(S)+BETXC(S)+CEOTC+DENQC(S)+EACKC(S)+FBELC(S)+GBSHTTABLFC(S)+JVTC(S)+KFFC(S)+LCREnterSOC(S)+NSIC(S)+O
1xDLEC(S)+PDC1C(S)+QDC2C(S)+RDC3C(S)+SDC4C(S)+TNAKC(S)+USYNC(S)+VETBC(S)+WCANC(S)+XEMC(S)+YSUBC(S)+ZESCEscFSC(S)+\GSC+]RSS(S)+^USC(S)+_
2xSpace!#S%&()*+,-./
3x 02 3 4 5 6 78 9 :;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x * aB c d e fg h ik l m n o
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt(keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12EnterResetInscrtDeleteField -Field +Enter paddlePrintlAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al ↑Cl ↓Cl ↑Cr ↓
AxCr ↑

Table 60. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al ↑Cl ↓Cl ↑Cr ↓Cr ↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomcF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!//S%&*()*+,-./
3x0123456789;;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x aB c d cf g h ij k l m n o
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del

IBM XT

Table 61. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULLC+@SOHC(S)+ASTXC(S)+BETXC(S)+CEOTC+DENQC(S)+EACKC(S)+FBELC(S)+GBSC(S)+HHTTABLFC(S)+JVTC(S)+KFFC(S)+LCREnterSOC(S)+NSIC(S)+O
1xDLEC(S)+PDC1C(S)+QDC2C(S)+RDC3C(S)+SDC4C(S)+TNAKC(S)+USYNC(S)+VETBC(S)+WCANC(S)+XEMC(S)+YSUBC(S)+ZESCEscFSC(S)+\GSC+]RSC(S)+^USC(S)+_
2xSpace!#S%&()*+,-./
3x 0 |2 3 4 5 6 78 9 :;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x - aB c d e fg h ik l m n o
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12IHomeEndPg UpPg DwnAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓
AxCr ↑

Table 62. Scancode Set when Control Character 02

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓Cr↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!"#S%&*()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<->?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x‘aB c d ef g h ik l m n o
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del

Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252

Windows-1252 is a character encoding of the Latin alphabet, used by default in the legacy components of Microsoft Windows in English and some other Western languages.

000102030405060708090A0B0C0DOEOF
00NUL0000STX0001SOT0002ETX0003EOT0004EJO0005ACK0006BEL0007BS0008HT0009LF000AYT000BPF000CCR000DSO000ESI000F
10DLE0010DC10011DC20012DC30013DC40014NAK0015SYN0016ETR0017CAN0018EM0019SUB001AESC001BPS001CGS001DRS001EUS001F
20SP0020I0021"0022#0023$0024%0025&0026*0027(0028))0029*002A+002B,002C-002D.002E/002F
300030100312003230033400345003560036700378003890039:003A;003B<003C=003D>003E?003F
40@0040A0041B0042C0043D0044E0045F0046G0047H0048I0049J004AK004BL004CM004DN004EO004F
50P0050Q0051R0052S0053T0054U0055V0056W0057X0058Y0059Z006A[006B\006C]006D^006E_006F
60`0060a0061b0062c0063d0064e0065f0066g0067h0068i0069j006Ak006Bl006Cm006Dn006Eo006F
70p0070q0071r0072s0073t0074u0075v0076w0077x0078y0079z007A{007B|007C↑007D~007EDEL007F
80€20AC,201Af002"201E...2026†2020‡2021^02C6%2030§0060<2039GE0152£017D
90,201B'2019"201C"201D•2022-2013-2014^02DCm2122§0161y203Aoe0153£017E¥0178
A0NESP00A0I00A1∅00A2£00A3x00A4¥00A5I00A6S00A7"00A8@00A9#00A1«00AB-00AC-00AD@00AE-00AF
BD°00B0±00B1z00B2#00B3^00B4p00B5T00B6·00B7,00B8100B9°00BA»00BB###00BC1⁄200BD1⁄400BE¿00BF
CDÀ00C0À00C1À00C2À00C3À00C4À00C5À00C6Ç00C7È00C8É00C9É00CAß00CBì00CCî00CDî00CEî00CF
DDß00D0Ñ00D1ò00D2ó00D3ò00D4ò00D5ò00D6×00D7∅00D8ù00D9ú00DAü00DBü00DCý00DDß00DEß00EF
EOà00E0á00E1â00E2á00E3ä00E4å00E5æ00E6ç00E7è00E8é00E9ê00EAè00EBi00ECí00EDî00EEi00EF
FOð00F0ñ00F1ò00F2ó00F3ð00F4ð00F5ö00F6÷00F7ø00F8ù00F9ú00FAü00FBü00FCý00FDþ00FEý00FF

NOTES

A

Aladdin™ 16

B

barcodes

cancel 345 numeric barcodes 345

RS-232 baud rate 64 RS-232 parameters parity 58, 177, 252, 253, 256

battery

WARNINGS 15

Beeper

Pitch, Good Read 97 Volume, Good Read 99

Beeper, Good Read 96

C

Cable Pinouts 324

Clear to Send 285

Code 39 Format 72

Conversion, case 90 Conversion, character 90, 305

Convert to Code 128 76

Convert to Code 39 76

Coupon Control 109 CTS 285

D

Datalogic Aladdin™ 16

Defaults 329

Dimensions 321

E

Error Codes 326

Errors 326

G

Good Read, Beeper 96

Pitch 97 Volume 99

Good Read, Beeper - 96
Good Read, Beeper Pitch - 97
Good Read, Beeper Volume - 99

Green Spot 325

H

Handheld Scanner 68

Host Resets 70

I

IBM interface selection 29

IBM Standard Format 72

Idle State (wand) 75

Indications 325

Interface Cable 18

ISSN 120

K

keyboard support 56 KEYBOARD WEDGE (KBW) interface selection 30

Keyboard Wedge Connection 19

M

Mixed OEM Standard + Code 39 Format 72

N

numbers lock key 59

P

Performance Characteristics 322

Physical Characteristics 321

Pitch - Good Read, Beeper 97

Polarity (wand) 74

Prefix/Suffix 78, 299

Product Specifications 321

Programming Barcodes 16

R

Read, Beeper – Good 96

Read, Beeper Pitch - Good 97

Read, Beeper Volume - Good 99

Reading Configuration Barcodes 38

Request to Send 285

RS-232 interface selection 29

RS-232 Serial Connection 18

RTS 285

S

sample barcodes

code 128 341

code 39 341

interleaved 2 of 5 342

Scancode Tables 349

select digits/characters 345

Serial Output 324

Signal Speed (wand) 74

Standard Cable Pinouts 324

Suffix 78,299

Symbology Conversion 76

symbology types 341

T

Table Top Scanner 68

U

UPC 110

USB Connection 19

USB interface selection 29

V

Volume - Good Read, Beeper 99

W

Weight 321

X

XON/XOFF 286

ASCII Chart

ASCII Char.Hex No.ASCII Char.Hex No.ASCII Char.Hex No.ASCII Char.Hex No.
NUL00SP20@4060
SOH01!21A41a61
STX0222B42b62
ETX03#23C43c63
EOT04$24D44d64
ENQ05%25E45e65
ACK06&26F46f66
BEL0727G47g67
BS08(28H48h68
HT09)29I49i69
LF0A*2AJ4Aj6A
VT0B+2BK4Bk6B
FF0C,2CL4Cl6C
CR0D-2DM4Dm6D
SO0E.2EN4En6E
SI0F/2FO4Fo6F
DLE10030P50p70
DC111131Q51q71
DC212232R52r72
DC313333S53s73
DC414434T54t74
NAK15535U55u75
SYN16636V56v76
ETB17737W57w77
CAN18838X58x78
EM19939Y59y79
SUB1A:3AZ5Az7A
ESC1B;3B[5B{7B
FS1C<3C\5Cl7C
GS1D=3D]5D}7D
RS1E>3E^5E~7E
US1F?3F_5FDEL7F

Australia

Datalogic Scanning Pty Ltd

Telephone: [61] (2) 9870 3200

australia.scanning@datalogic.com

France and Benelux

Datalogic Scanning SAS

Telephone: [33].01.64.86.71.00

france.scanning@datalogic.com

Germany

Datalogic Scanning KK

Telephone: 81 (0)3 3491 6761

japan.scanning@datalogic.com

Latin America

Datalogic Scanning, Inc

Telephone: (305) 591-3222

latinamerica.scanning@datalogic.com

Singapore

Datalogic Scanning Singapore PTE LTD

Telephone: (65) 6435-1311

singapore.scanning@datalogic.com

Iberia

Datalogic Scanning SAS Sucursal en España

Telephone: 34 91 746 28 60

spain.scanning@datalogic.com

United Kingdom

Datalogic Scanning LTD

Telephone: 44 (0) 1582 464900

uk.scanning@datalogic.com

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - United Kingdom - 1

text_image DATALOGIC™

www.scanning.datalogic.com

Datalogic Scanning, Inc.

959 Terry Street

Eugene, OR 97402

USA

Telephone: (541) 683-5700

Fax: (541) 345-7140

DATALOGIC Gryphon GM4130 - Datalogic Scanning, Inc. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns
Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : DATALOGIC

Model : Gryphon GM4130

Category : Barcode Reader